Download - Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

Transcript
Page 1: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

The Pennsylvania State University

The Graduate School

Eberly College of Science

TOTAL SYNTHESES OF (±)-ISOPHELLIBILINE AND (±)-COMMUNESIN F, AND DESIGN, SYNTHESIS AND PHARMACOLOGICAL EVALUATION

OF DIHYDRO-β-ERYTHROIDINE (DHβE) ANALOGS

A Dissertation in

Chemistry

by

Johannes Belmar

© 2012 Johannes Belmar

Submitted in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements

for the Degree of

Doctor of Philosophy

December 2012

Page 2: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

The dissertation of Johannes Belmar was reviewed and approved* by the following:

Raymond L. Funk Professor of Chemistry Dissertation Advisor Chair of Committee

Kenneth S. Feldman Professor of Chemistry

Scott T. Phillips Assistant Professor of Chemistry

Robert Rioux Friedrich G. Helfferich Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering

Barbara J. Garrison Shapiro Professor of Chemistry Head of the Chemistry Department

*Signatures are on file in the Graduate School

Page 3: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

iii

ABSTRACT

The intramolecular cycloaddition reactions of 2-amidoacroleins are

discussed in Part I. Application of this methodology in natural product synthesis

resulted in the first total synthesis of a member of the nonaromatic

homoerythrinan class of natural products, (±)-isophellibiline. The synthesis was

completed in 16 linear steps from 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-5-one in an overall

yield of 2.3%. In addition, the design, synthesis and pharmacological evaluation

of analogs of the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR) antagonist dihydro-β-

erythroidine (DHβE) are described.

In Part II efforts towards the total synthesis of the marine natural product

(±)-communesin F are discussed. First, we describe the reactions of aza-ortho-

xylylenes generated via the Lewis acid catalyzed retrocycloaddition reaction of

3,1-benzoxazin-2-ones. Although, the total synthesis of communesin F was not

realized through application of this methodology, it resulted in the preparation

of an advanced intermediate towards communesin F.

Next, we explore the Diels–Alder cycloaddition reactions of indol-2-one

and detail the successfully applied this methodology in a concise total synthesis

of (±)-communesin F. The synthesis was completed in 15 linear steps from 4-

bromotryptophol in an overall yield of 6.7%.

Page 4: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIST OF SCHEMES ................................................................................................... vi  

LIST OF FIGURES ..................................................................................................... x  

LIST OF TABLES ....................................................................................................... xi  

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ....................................................................................... xii  

Part I: Total Synthesis of (±)-Isophellibiline and Design, Synthesis and Pharmacological Evaluation of Dihydro-β-Erythroidine (DHβE) Analogs ................................................................................................................ 1  

Chapter 1. Introduction and Background ...................................................... 2  1.1. The Erythrina alkaloids ...................................................................... 2  1.2. Pharmacology of the Erythrina alkaloids ........................................ 2  1.3. Biosynthesis of the Erythrina alkaloids ............................................ 5  1.4. Previous synthetic efforts towards the Erythrina alkaloids ........... 8  

1.4.1. Padwa’s strategy for the synthesis of erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids ........................................................... 9  

1.4.2. Tu’s strategy for the synthesis of erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids ........................................................... 10  

1.4.3. Tsuda’s syntheses of erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids via a unified synthetic strategy ................................. 11  

1.5. Studies towards the erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids in the Funk laboratory: A 2-Amidoacrolein Cycloaddition Route ..................................................................................................... 12  1.5.1. 2-Amidoacroleins ...................................................................... 12  1.5.2. Previous synthetic effort directed toward the Erythrina

alkaloids in the Funk laboratory ................................................ 15  Chapter 2. Total Synthesis of (±)-Isophellibiline ........................................... 18  

2.1. Retrosynthetic analysis of isophellibiline ........................................ 18  2.2. Total synthesis of (±)-isophellibiline ................................................. 19  2.3. Concluding remarks ............................................................................ 26  

Chapter 3. Preparation of Dihydro-β-Erythroidine (DHβE) Analogs ........ 27  3.1. Background and significance ............................................................. 27  

3.1.1. Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors (nAChRs) ......................... 27  3.1.2. Pharmacophore models for nAChR ligands ......................... 29  3.1.3. Dihydro-β-erythroidine (DHβE) ............................................. 32  

3.2. Synthesis of DHβE analogs ................................................................ 39  3.3. Results and discussion ........................................................................ 42  

Chapter 4. Experimental ................................................................................... 44  4.1. Materials and Methods ....................................................................... 44  

Page 5: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

v

4.2. Preparative Procedures ....................................................................... 45  Spectra of Isophellibiline (Authentic and Synthetic) .................................... 72  References ........................................................................................................... 77  

Part II: Total Synthesis of (±)-Communesin F ....................................................... 81  

Chapter 5. Introduction and Background ...................................................... 82  5.1. Isolation and structural characterization of the communesins

and perophoramidine ......................................................................... 82  5.2. Pharmacology of the communesins and perophoramidine .......... 84  5.3. Biosynthesis of the communesins and perophoramidine ............. 84  5.4. Previous synthetic approaches to the communesins ...................... 88  

5.4.1. Stoltz’s approach to the communesin ring system ............... 88  5.4.2. Adlington’s approach to the communesin ring system ....... 89  5.4.3. Qin’s total synthesis of (±)-communesin F ............................ 90  5.4.4. Weinreb’s total synthesis of (±)-communesin F .................... 92  5.4.5. Ma’s total synthesis of (-)-communesin F .............................. 93  5.4.6. Ma’s total synthesis of communesins A and B ...................... 94  

Chapter 6. Studies Towards the Communesins in the Funk Laboratory: An Aza-ortho-xylylene Route .............................................. 97  6.1. Introduction .......................................................................................... 97  6.2. Previous synthesis efforts directed towards the communesins

in the Funk laboratory ........................................................................ 100  Chapter 7. An Approach to the Synthesis of Communesin F: An Aza-

ortho-xylylene Route ................................................................................... 103  7.1. Retrosynthetic analysis of communesin F ........................................ 103  7.2. Synthesis of an advanced intermediate towards the synthesis

of communesin F ................................................................................. 104  7.3. Concluding remarks ............................................................................ 110  

Chapter 8. Studies Towards the Communesins in the Funk Laboratory: An Indol-2-one Route ........................................................... 111  8.1. Introduction .......................................................................................... 111  8.2. Prior work in the Funk laboratory .................................................... 113  

Chapter 9. Total Synthesis of (±)-Communesin F via a Cycloaddition with Indol-2-one ......................................................................................... 118  9.1. Retrosynthetic analysis of communesin F ........................................ 118  9.2. Total synthesis of (±)-communesin F ................................................ 119  9.3. Concluding remarks ............................................................................ 135  

Chapter 10. Experimental ................................................................................. 137  10.1. Materials and Methods ..................................................................... 137  10.2. Preparative Procedures ..................................................................... 138  

Spectra of 1’’-Deoxocommunesin F and Communesin F ............................. 171  References ........................................................................................................... 176  

Page 6: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

vi

LIST OF SCHEMES

Scheme 1.3.1. Barton’s proposed biosynthesis of the Erythrina alkaloids ........ 6  

Scheme 1.3.2. Zenk’s proposed biosynthesis of the Erythrina alkaloids ........... 7  

Scheme 1.4.1. Synthetic strategies for the construction of the erythtinan and homoerythrinan ring system .................................................................... 8  

Scheme 1.4.2. Padwa’s approach to the erythrinan and homoerythrinan ring systems ........................................................................................................ 10  

Scheme 1.4.3. Tu’s approach to the erythrinan and homoerythrinan ring systems ................................................................................................................ 10  

Scheme 1.4.4. Tsuda’s total syntheses of erysotrine and 3-epi-schelhammeridine .............................................................................................. 11  

Scheme 1.5.1. Kato’s synthesis of 2-amidoacroleins ............................................ 13  

Scheme 1.5.2. Hon’s synthesis of 2-amidoacroleins ............................................ 13  

Scheme 1.5.3. Funk’s synthesis of 2-amidoacroleins ........................................... 13  

Scheme 1.5.4. Funk’s total syntheses featuring cycloaddition reactions of 2-amidoacroleins ................................................................................................ 14  

Scheme 1.5.5. Ishihara’s enantioselective cycloaddition reaction of a 2-imidoacrolein ...................................................................................................... 15  

Scheme 1.5.6. He and Funk’s total syntheses of (±)-β-erythroidine and (±)-8-oxo-β-erythroidine .......................................................................................... 16  

Scheme 2.1.1. Retrosynthetic analysis of isophellibiline ..................................... 19  

Scheme 2.2.1. Preparation of dioxin 1-89 .............................................................. 19  

Scheme 2.2.2. Intramolecular amidoacrolein cycloaddition .............................. 20  

Scheme 2.2.3. Preparation of Z-enoate 1-84 .......................................................... 21  

Scheme 2.2.4. Preparation of vinyl iodide 1-92 .................................................... 22  

Scheme 2.2.5. Introduction of the tetrahydroazepine ring ................................. 22  

Scheme 2.2.6. Preparation of diene 1-94 ................................................................ 23  

Page 7: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

vii

Scheme 2.2.7. Introduction of the C(3) hydroxyl substituent ............................ 23  

Scheme 2.2.8. Protection of the C(3) hydroxyl group .......................................... 24  

Scheme 2.2.9. Attempted reintroduction of the C(6)–C(7) unsaturation .......... 24  

Scheme 2.2.10. Reintroduction of the C(6)–C(7) unsaturation ........................... 25  

Scheme 2.2.11. Completion of the total synthesis of (±)-isophellibiline ........... 25  

Scheme 2.2.12. Attempted conversion of isophellibiline to phellibiline .......... 26  

Scheme 3.2.1. Preparation of Type I deslactone-DHβE analogs .......................... 40  

Scheme 3.2.2. Preparation of Type II deslactone-DHβE analogs ......................... 41  

Scheme 5.3.1. Mantle’s biosynthetic pathway to communesin B ...................... 85  

Scheme 5.3.2. Biosynthesis of perophoramidine ................................................. 86  

Scheme 5.3.3. Stoltz’s biosynthetic pathway to communesin B ........................ 86  

Scheme 5.3.4. Funk’s biosynthetic pathway to communesin B ......................... 87  

Scheme 5.4.1. Stoltz’s approach to the communesin ring system ..................... 88  

Scheme 5.4.2. Adlington’s initial approach to the communesin ring system .. 89  

Scheme 5.4.3. Adlington’s modified approach to the communesin ring system .................................................................................................................. 90  

Scheme 5.4.4. Qin’s total synthesis of (±)-communesin F ................................... 91  

Scheme 5.4.5. Weinreb’s total synthesis of (±)-communesin F .......................... 92  

Scheme 5.4.6. Ma’s total synthesis of (-)-communesin F .................................... 94  

Scheme 5.4.7. Ma’s total synthesis of communesins A and B ............................ 95  

Scheme 6.1.1. Thermal decarboxylation of 3,1-benzoxazin-2-ones ................... 98  

Scheme 6.1.2. Competitive [1,5]-sigmatropic hydrogen shift ............................ 98  

Scheme 6.1.3. Palladium catalyzed decarboxylation of 4-vinyl-3,1-benzoxazin-2-ones ............................................................................................. 98  

Page 8: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

viii

Scheme 6.1.4. Base-mediated elimination of HCl from o-chloromethylanilines ......................................................................................... 99  

Scheme 6.1.5. Acid-catalyzed dehydration of 2-aminobenzyl alcohols ........... 99  

Scheme 6.2.1. Crawley and Funk’s first-generation synthetic plan .................. 100  

Scheme 6.2.2. Crawley and Funk’s second-generation synthetic plan ............. 101  

Scheme 6.2.3. Crawley and Funk’s third-generation synthetic plan ................ 102  

Scheme 7.1.1. Retrosynthetic analysis for communesin F .................................. 103  

Scheme 7.2.1. Preparation of allenyl indole 2-110 ............................................... 105  

Scheme 7.2.2. Preparation of N-acyl-4-acyl-3,1-benzoxazin-2-one 2-114 ......... 105  

Scheme 7.2.3. Synthesis of aminal 2-103 ............................................................... 106  

Scheme 7.2.4. Alkylation of lactam 2-103 .............................................................. 107  

Scheme 7.2.5. Attempted transamidation reaction .............................................. 108  

Scheme 7.2.6. Crawley’s inadvertent transamidation reaction .......................... 108  

Scheme 7.2.7. Crawley’s transamidation reaction of tosylimide 2-120 ............. 109  

Scheme 7.2.8. Attempted preparation of a more reactive imide ....................... 110  

Scheme 8.1.1. Remote addition of a nucleophile to an indol-2-one intermediate ........................................................................................................ 112  

Scheme 8.1.2. Cycloaddition reaction of an indol-2-one intermediate ............. 112  

Scheme 8.2.1. Fuchs and Funk’s total synthesis of (±)-perophoramidine ........ 114  

Scheme 8.2.2. Crawley and Funk’s intramolecular indol-2-one cycloaddition approach towards the communesins ..................................... 115  

Scheme 8.2.3. Crawley and Funk’s planned intermolecular indol-2-one cycloaddition approach towards the communesins ..................................... 116  

Scheme 8.2.4. Intermolecular indol-2-one cycloaddition and determination of the stereochemical outcome ......................................................................... 117  

Scheme 9.1.1. Retrosynthetic analysis for communesin F .................................. 118  

Scheme 9.2.1. Reaction of 3-bromoindol-2-one with 3-methylindole ............... 120  

Page 9: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

ix

Scheme 9.2.2. Preparation of indolenine 2-157 ..................................................... 120  

Scheme 9.2.3. Construction of aminal 2-167 ......................................................... 121  

Scheme 9.2.4. Preparation of amide 2-169 ............................................................. 122  

Scheme 9.2.5. Attempted Heck reaction ................................................................ 123  

Scheme 9.2.6. Deprotection of tosylamide 2-169 .................................................. 123  

Scheme 9.2.7. Preparation of bis-Boc allylic alcohol 2-173 ................................. 124  

Scheme 9.2.8. Attempted benzazepine formation ............................................... 124  

Scheme 9.2.9. Preparation of allylic alcohol 2-177 ............................................... 125  

Scheme 9.2.10. Allylic amination with mercuric triflate ..................................... 126  

Scheme 9.2.11. Introduction of the benzazepine ring ......................................... 126  

Scheme 9.2.12. Possible pathway for the mercuric triflate catalyzed cyclization ........................................................................................................... 127  

Scheme 9.2.13. Preparation of bridgehead lactam 2-185 ..................................... 128  

Scheme 9.2.14. Attempted alkylation of bridgehead lactam 2-186 ................... 129  

Scheme 9.2.15. Preparation of bridgehead lactam 2-188 ..................................... 130  

Scheme 9.2.16. Alkylation of bridgehead lactam 2-188 ....................................... 131  

Scheme 9.2.17. Synthesis of 1”-deoxocommunesin F .......................................... 132  

Scheme 9.2.18. N-Ethylation of indolines with acyloxyborohydrides .............. 133  

Scheme 9.2.19. A proposed synthetic pathway to 1”-deoxocommunesin F .... 134  

Scheme 9.2.20. Completion of the total synthesis of (±)-communesin F .......... 135  

Scheme 9.3.1. Total synthesis of (±)-communesin F ............................................ 136  

Page 10: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

x

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1.1. The Erythrina alkaloids ...................................................................... 3  

Figure 1.2.1. Biologically active erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids .... 4  

Figure 3.1.1. Structures of acetylcholine and nicotine ......................................... 27  

Figure 3.1.2. (1) Beers–Reich pharmacophore, (2) as applied to nicotine ......... 30  

Figure 3.1.3. (1) Sheridan pharmacophore, (2) as applied to nicotine .............. 30  

Figure 3.1.4. Abbott “four-point” pharmacophore as applied to nicotine ....... 31  

Figure 3.1.5. (1) Novo Nordisk pharmacophore, (2) as applied to nicotine ..... 32  

Figure 3.1.6. Structures of lead compounds and synthetic analogues .............. 34  

Figure 3.1.7. Pharmacophoric elements in β-E as determined by Beers and Reich, and DHβE and strychnine as determined by Sheridan .................... 35  

Figure 3.1.8. Conformations of DHβE, protonated-cis and -trans ...................... 36  

Figure 3.1.9. Type I and Type II analogs of deslactone-DHβE ............................. 39  

Figure 5.1.1. The communesins and perophoramidine ....................................... 83  

Figure 9.2.1. X-ray crystal structure of aminal 2-167 ........................................... 121  

Figure 9.2.2. Comparison of cyclization precursor conformations.................... 125  

Figure 9.2.3. X-ray crystal structure of benzazepine 2-180 ................................. 126  

Page 11: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

xi

LIST OF TABLES

Table 3.1.1. Structure and binding results for Funk and He’s DHβE analogs ................................................................................................................. 37  

Table 3.1.2. Structure and binding results for Wildeboer’s β-E analogs .......... 38  

Table 3.3.1. Binding results for Type I and II analogs ......................................... 43  

Table 8.2.1. Comparison of 1H NMR and 13C NMR data for synthetic (±)-communesin F and natural communesin F5 in CDCl3 .................................. 170  

Page 12: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

xii

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Though one name appears on the cover, a dissertation is a far more collaborative

project than that. I owe a debt of gratitude to Professor Raymond Funk, who not

only offered me a place in his lab even though my background was in biology,

but also gave me the guidance and support necessary to get this thing done. I am

also indebted to the members of the Funk laboratory, individually and

collectively, for their willingness to answer my questions and give me

experimental advice. Thanks too to all my friends for the many years of good

company and friendship while in State College. Deep expressions of gratitude,

along with love, are due to my family for a lifetime of support of every kind.

Page 13: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

Part I: Total Synthesis of (±)-Isophellibiline and Design, Synthesis and Pharmacological Evaluation of Dihydro-β-

Erythroidine (DHβE) Analogs

Page 14: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

2

Chapter 1. Introduction and Background

1.1. The Erythrina alkaloids

The Erythrina alkaloids,1 which have attracted significant attention due to

their biological activity and their unique structure, are a large class of natural

products isolated from the genus Erythrina. The Erythrina alkaloids can be

categorized into two groups based on their structural features: the erythrinans

which posses a 6-5-6-n tetracyclic core (A-B-C-D) and the homoerythrinans

which posses a 6-5-7-n tetracyclic core (Figure 1.1.1). These groups can be further

subdivided depending on whether the D-ring is aromatic or nonaromatic. To

date, well over 110 erythrinan alkaloids and over 70 homoerythrinan alkaloids

have been isolated.1a,2

1.2. Pharmacology of the Erythrina alkaloids

The Erythrina genus consists of about 110 species that are distributed

throughout tropical and subtropical regions worldwide. Many Erythrina species

have played important roles in indigenous medicines.1b,1c,3 For example, E.

americana was used by Aztec Indians as a purgative, diuretic, sudorific, and

hypnotic.4 The Huastec of Mexico used the aqueous extract of the leaves of E.

americana in the treatment of insomnia and restless anxiety.5 The bark of E. fusca

and E. indica have been used to treat fever, malaria, rheumatism, toothache, and

boils.6

Page 15: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

3

Figure 1.1.1. The Erythrina alkaloids

In the late 1870’s, Altimirano and Dominguez reported that extracts of the

seeds of E. americana produced a curare-like action (i.e., causes paralysis of

smooth muscle).7 However, it was not until 1937 that Folkers and Major8 isolated

a physiologically active crystalline alkaloid, named erythroidine, from the seeds

of E. americana and demonstrated that it caused a curare-like action. Subsequent

analysis showed that the substance isolated was a mixture of two isomeric

alkaloids designated α-erythroidine (1-9, Figure 1.2.1) and β-erythroidine (1-6,

Figure 1.1.1), the latter being the more active isomer.9 β-Erythroidine (1-6) and its

N

O

HO

O

1-8isophellibiline

NO

O

O

NO

O

O

NO

OO

NO

O

O

NO

O

O

1-43-epi-schelhammericine

1-3comosine

1-6β-erythroidine

1-7cocculolidine

1-1erythraline

NO

O

1-5selaginoidine

NO O

1-28-oxo-erymelanthine

NMeO2C

NA B

C

D

3

1 6 8

5 ( )n

n = 1 erythrinan alkaloidsn = 2 homoerythrinan alkaloids

(aromatic erythrinan) (heteroaromatic erythrinan)

(aromatic homoerythrinan) (heteroaromatic homoerythrinan)

(nonaromatic erythrinan) (nonaromatic homoerythrinan)

2 7

Page 16: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

4

Figure 1.2.1. Biologically active erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids

more potent dihydro derivative, 2,7-dihydro-β-erythroidine (DHβE, 1-10), are

antagonists of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors (nAChRs). DHβE is widely used

in functional assays as a nonselective, competitive antagonist for nAChRs.

In contrast to the erythrinan alkaloids, there are few reports on the

pharmacological effects of the homoerythrinan alkaloids. Wilsonine (1-11) has

been found to be a weak antileukemic agent in mice.10 3-epi-12-

hydroxyschelhammericine (1-12) has been found to possess cardioactivity in rat

atrial preparations.11 3-epi-Schelhammericine (1-4, Figure 1.1.1) and

dyshomoerythrine (1-13) have been shown to exhibit potent molluscicidal

activity.12 Dyshomoerythrine has also demonstrated activity against a number of

agricultural pests, including the Australian sheep blowfly L. cuprina.13

NO

OO

1-9α-erythroidine

NO

O

O1-11

wilsonine

O

ON

OO

1-102,7-dihydro-β-erythroidine

(DHβE)

NO

O

O

1-123-epi-12-hydroxyschelhammericine

NO

O

O

1-13dyshomoerythrine

OOH

Page 17: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

5

1.3. Biosynthesis of the Erythrina alkaloids

In 1957, Barton and coworkers proposed the first broadly accepted

biosynthetic pathway for the biosynthesis of the Erythrina alkaloids (Scheme

1.3.1).14 This proposal was supported by feeding studies with young E. crista-galli

plants wherein they observed that the benzylisoquinoline (S)-

norprotsoinomenine (1-14) was incorporated to the extent of 0.25% into the

erythrinan alkaloid erythraline (1-1).15 Thus, it was proposed that (S)-

norprotsoinomenine undergoes cyclization by para-para phenol oxidative

coupling to give dienone 1-15. Ring opening of dienone 1-15 and subsequent

reduction of the imine functionality of 1-16 gives the symmetric bisphenol 1-17.

Oxidation of bisphenol 1-17 provides the bisquinone 1-18. A subsequent

intramolecular conjugate addition reaction completes the erythrinan tetracyclic

ring system to afford erysodienone (1-19), which is transformed into erythraline

(1-1).

However, Zenk’s observation that Barton’s proposed pathway would

have constituted a biosynthetic exception to the multitude of isoquinoline

alkaloids, including the aporphines, pavines, and morphinanes, that are derived

from (S)-reticuline (1-20: N-CH3 instead of N-H, Scheme 1.3.2), and the low

incorporation rate (0.25%) of (S)-norprotsoinomenine (1-14) prompted a

reinvestigation by Zenk and coworkers.16 Thus, following 3H and 13C labeling

studies, it was shown that (S)-[1-13C]norreticuline (1-20) was incorporated at a

rate of 7.9% into erythraline (1-1) with exclusive incorporation of 13C at the C(10)

position, thereby excluding the possibility of a symmetric intermediate such as

Page 18: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

6

Scheme 1.3.1. Barton’s proposed biosynthesis of the Erythrina alkaloids

1-17. A new biosynthetic pathway and mechanism for Erythrina alkaloid

biosynthesis was required in light of these findings (Scheme 1.3.2).

The revised route commences with a para-para phenol coupling of (S)-

norreticuline (1-20) to give, according to model reactions performed by Franck

and Teetz,17 a morphindienone derivative, such as norisosalutaridine (1-21).

Subsequent formation of the methylenedioxy group provides noramurine (1-22),

which after rearrangement and reduction gives asymmetric dibenzazonine 1-25.

The free phenolic ring of dibenzazonine 1-25 is then oxidized in a two-electron

process to the diallylic cation 1-27, which reacts with the nitrogen atom to

produce erythratinone (1-28). Finally, erythratinone (1-28) is transformed into

erythraline (1-1) according to the steps previously proposed by Barton.14

NH

HO

O

OOH

HNH

O

O

OOH

H

OHO

OOH

N

OHO

OOH

NH

OO

OO

NH NO

O

HO

O

[H]

[O]

1-14(S)-norprotosinomenine

1-19erysodienone

1-15 1-16

1-17 1-18

NOO

O

1-1erythraline

Page 19: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

7

Scheme 1.3.2. Zenk’s proposed biosynthesis of the Erythrina alkaloids

The biosynthetic pathway proposed for the homoerythrinan alkaloids

based on Barton’s proposal starting from the homolog of (S)-norprotsoinomenine

(1-14)18 would likely require revision in light of the work of Zenk and coworkers.

NH

OHO

OOH

NH

OHO

OO

NH

OO

OO

NH

OOH

OO

OOH

OO

NH

OOH

OO

NH

OO

OO

NH

OO

OO

NH NO

O

1-28erythratinone

O

O

- e- - e-

1-20(S)-[1-13C]norreticuline

1-21norisosalutaridine

1-22noramurine

1-23

1-24 1-25 1-26

1-27

NOO

O

1-1erythraline

10

1

Page 20: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

8

1.4. Previous synthetic efforts towards the Erythrina alkaloids

The Erythrina alkaloids have attracted considerable attention from the

synthesis community due to their biological activity and unique tetracyclic core.

In many cases, new synthetic methods have been developed and tested in the

course of this synthesis work. The most common strategies for construction of

the erythrinan and homoerythrinan core can be classified into three general

routes based on the last ring formed in the synthetic sequence: (I) formation of

the A-ring by introduction of a four-carbon unit onto the tricyclic B-C-D skeleton,

(II) formation of the B-ring by elaboration of the C(5) spirocyclic ring system,

and, the most prevalent strategy, (III) formation of the C-ring and simultaneous

construction of the C(5) quaternary center (Scheme 1.4.1).1a The aromatic

erythrinans have been the target of the majority of synthetic efforts, resulting in

many successful total syntheses.1 The nonaromatic erythrinans have posed a

greater challenge,19 and accordingly, only three members of this subclass have

Scheme 1.4.1. Synthetic strategies for the construction of the erythtinan and homoerythrinan ring system

NA B

C

D

3

1 6 8

5 ( )n

n = 1 erythrinan alkaloidsn = 2 homoerythrinan alkaloids

2 7

NA B

D

5 ( )n

NHA

C

D

5 ( )n

NB

C

D

6

5 ( )n

I

II

III

Page 21: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

9

been synthesized: (±)-cocculolidine (1-7),19d β-erythroidine (1-6),19e,19f and (±)-8-

oxo-β-erythroidine.19f The homoerythrinans, in comparison to the erythrinans,

have received little attention and all work has been limited to the aromatic

homoerythrinans.2,20

Surprisingly, in light of the small structural difference between the

erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids, the development of a concise, unified

strategy for the preparation of both groups of natural products has proven

elusive.20e-h,20m Strategies aimed at overcoming this difficult problem have thus far

focused on the synthesis of the aromatic erythrinan and homoerythrinan

alkaloids. The most notable of these efforts are described below.

1.4.1. Padwa’s strategy for the synthesis of erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids

Padwa’s strategy for constructing the core of the aromatic erythrinan and

homoerythrinan alkaloids employed a tandem reaction to construct the B and C

rings in a single operation (a combination of strategies II and III).20k The reaction

proceeds via an initial acid catalyzed Pummer reactions of sulfoxides 1-29 and 1-

30, and subsequent π-cyclization of the thionium ion (Scheme 1.4.2). The newly

generated N-acyliminium ions 1-31 and 1-32 then undergo a Pictet–Spengler

reaction to furnish the core ring system of the erythrinan and homoerythrinan

alkaloids, 1-33 and 1-34, respectively. The authors have yet to report on the

application of this strategy in the context of total syntheses of members of the

erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids.

Page 22: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

10

Scheme 1.4.2. Padwa’s approach to the erythrinan and homoerythrinan ring systems

1.4.2. Tu’s strategy for the synthesis of erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids

Tu utilized a similar disconnection to construct the C ring in their

synthesis of the aromatic erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloid core ring

systems (strategy III).20i In this case, the B ring was constructed via an initial

alkylation of 1-35 with either 1-36 or 1-37, which was followed by a subsequent

intramolecular cyclization (Scheme 1.4.3). Upon treatment with TFA, lactams 1-

38 and 1-39 underwent a Pictet–Spengler reaction to give the respective

tetracycles, 1-42 and 1-43.

Scheme 1.4.3. Tu’s approach to the erythrinan and homoerythrinan ring systems

N

CO2Et

O

SEt

O

R

n NO

OR

EtO2C SEt

n

1-29 n = 1, R = H1-30 n = 2, R = Et

1-33 n = 1, R = H (76%)1-34 n = 2, R = Et (40%)

NO

OR

EtO2C SEt

n

1-31 n = 1, R = H1-32 n = 2, R = Et

O

TFAA, TFA,CH2Cl2, rt,2 h

O

O

O

O

ON

O

HO

OR

n

O

ON

O

OR

nN

O

ORn

OTFA,CH2Cl2,rt, 24 h

O nR

NH

OI

LDA, THF, -78 °C;

1-36 n = 1, R = H1-37 n = 2, R = Me

1-38 n = 1, R = H (84%)1-39 n = 2, R = Me (86%)

1-42 n = 1, R = H (75%)1-43 n = 2, R = Me (83%)

1-40 n = 1, R = H1-41 n = 2, R = Me

1-35

H

Page 23: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

11

1.4.3. Tsuda’s syntheses of erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids via a unified synthetic strategy

To date, the Tsuda group has reported the only total synthesis of members

of the aromatic homoerythrinan alkaloids. They have reported the total syntheses

of six members of the aromatic homoerythrinan alkaloids, including comosine (1-

3, Figure 1.1.1), 3-epi-schelhammericine (1-4, Figure 1.1.1) and 3-epi-

schelhammeridine (1-51, Scheme 1.4.4). 20a-d While lengthy (22–26 steps), these

syntheses employed a strategy (strategy I) similar to that employed in the

synthesis of the aromatic erythrinan alkaloid erysotrine (1-51).21

Thus, the [2 + 2] photocycloaddition of Danishefsky’s diene and

dioxopyrroloisoquinolines 1-44 and 1-45 provided the respective cyclobutane

adducts 1-46 and 1-47 (Scheme 1.4.4). Reduction of the ketone in 1-46 and 1-47

was followed by a 1,3-anionic rearrangement to complete the construction of the

Scheme 1.4.4. Tsuda’s total syntheses of erysotrine and 3-epi-schelhammeridine

O

OTMS

NO

OEtO2C

TMSO

ORO

R1O

NO

OEtO2C

RO

R1O

NO

OHEtO2C

RO

R1O

O

300 W Hg lamp,0 °C, 1 h

NRO

R1O

O

erysotrine (1-50)n = 1, R = R1 = Me

3-epi-schelhammeridine (1-51) n = 2, R = R1 = -CH2-

n

n n

n

1-48 n = 1, R = R1 = Me (60%)1-49 n = 2, R = R1 = -CH2- (89%)

1-44 n = 1, R = R1 = Me 1-45 n = 2, R = R1 = -CH2-

1-46 n = 1, R = R1 = Me (64%)1-47 n = 2, R = R1 = -CH2- (80%)

1. NaBH4, MeOH, 0 °C, 0.3 h

2. TBAF, THF, -30 °C, 1.25 h

Page 24: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

12

A ring in 1-48 and 1-49. Further manipulation of 1-48 and 1-49 led to the total

syntheses of erysotrine (1-50) and 3-epi-schelhammeridine (1-51), respectively,

via a unified synthetic strategy.

Although these syntheses of aromatic Erythrina alkaloids are noteworthy,

it is evident that there certainly remains a need for the further development of

concise, unified routes towards the erythrina and homoerythrina alkaloids. In

particular, approaches that can accommodate the construction of the

nonaromatic erythrina and homoerythrina alkaloids are completely lacking.

1.5. Studies towards the erythrinan and homoerythrinan alkaloids in the Funk laboratory: A 2-Amidoacrolein Cycloaddition Route

1.5.1. 2-Amidoacroleins

A survey of the literature for known methods to access 2-amidoacroleins

uncovered few possibilities, some representative examples of which are

described below. Kato and coworkers have described the oxidation of 2-amido-

1,3-diols to give 2-amidoacroleins (Scheme 1.5.1).22 In their report, they disclosed

that oxidation of diol 1-52 under Swern conditions gives an initial β-hydroxy

aldehyde which was dehydrated under the reaction conditions to give

amidoacrolein 1-53.

Page 25: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

13

Scheme 1.5.1. Kato’s synthesis of 2-amidoacroleins

Additionally, Hon and coworkers have prepared amidoacroleins 1-56 via

methlenylation of the ozonide 1-55 prepared by ozonolysis of allylamide 1-54

(Scheme 1.5.2).23

Scheme 1.5.2. Hon’s synthesis of 2-amidoacroleins

The Funk laboratory has developed a versatile method for the preparation

of 2-amidoacroleins 1-59.24 In practice, condensation of dioxanone 1-57 with an

amine generates the corresponding imine, which following acylation with an

acid chloride gives amidodioxin 1-58 (Scheme 1.5.3). The thermal or Lewis acid

catalyzed retrocycloaddition of amidodioxins 1-58 yields the 2-amidoacrolein 1-

59.

The Funk laboratory has demonstrated the synthetic utility of

amidoacroleins in cycloaddition19f,24b,25 and electrophilic aromatic substitution26

Scheme 1.5.3. Funk’s synthesis of 2-amidoacroleins

NH

OHO

NH

HO

OOH

(COCl)2, DMSO,Et3N, -70 oC

65%

1-52 1-53

NH

O

NH

O

O O

O NH

OH

O

O3,CH2Cl2,

-78 oC

CH2Br2, Et2NH,55 oC, 1.5 h

42%1-54 1-55 1-56

O O

O

O O

NR

R'

O

O

NH

RR'

O

Cl

O

R'

RNH2

Δ or LA

1-57 1-58 1-59

+ O

1.

2.

PhNEt2

Page 26: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

14

reactions by completing the total syntheses of a number of natural products. The

key cycloaddition reactions of a few representative total syntheses are shown in

Scheme 1.5.4. In the synthesis of FR901483 (1-62), the amidoacrolein, generated

from amidodioxin 1-60, participated in a cycloaddition reaction to give the 1-

alkyl-1-aminocyclohexene 1-61 (eq. 1, Scheme 1.5.4).24b In the key cycloaddition

reaction in the synthesis of fasicularin (1-66), amidoacrolein 1-64 reacted with

diene 1-63 under high-pressure reaction conditions to give 1-alkyl-1-

aminocyclohexene 1-65 (eq. 2, Scheme 1.5.4).25a The synthesis of β-erythroidine (1-

6) featured the intramolecular cycloaddition of an amidoacrolein to prepare

Scheme 1.5.4. Funk’s total syntheses featuring cycloaddition reactions of 2-amidoacroleins

O O

N

OOMe

OMe

TIPSO TIPSO

N

OOMe

MeO NO

HNH

O

O

PO

HOHO

benzonitrile,120 oC 64%

1-60 1-61 1-62FR901483

O

H

OH H

OO

NTf

Ph

N

H

Tf

Ph OH

O

O N

H

HH

SCN

12 kbar,CH2Cl2

93%

1-64 1-65 1-66fasicularin

OO

N

O

Br

N

O

O

HH

Br

1-67 1-68

ON

OO

1-6β−erythroidine

(eq. 1)

(eq. 2)

(eq. 3)

toluene,110 oC

66% exo(+ 11% endo)

1-63

Page 27: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

15

lactam 1-68 (eq. 3, Scheme 1.5.4).19f Thus, 2-amidoacroleins are competent

dienophiles in intramolecular and intermolecular cycloaddition reactions under

both thermal and high-pressure reaction conditions.

More recently, Ishihara and coworkers have described the enantioselective

cycloaddition reaction of 2-imidoacrolein 1-69 (Scheme 1.5.5).27 They report that

2-imidoacrolein 1-69 undergoes cycloaddition with diene 1-70 in the presence of

the organocatalyst 1-71 to give the 1-alkyl-1-aminocyclohexene 1-72 with 96% ee

in 82% yield.

Scheme 1.5.5. Ishihara’s enantioselective cycloaddition reaction of a 2-imidoacrolein

1.5.2. Previous synthetic effort directed toward the Erythrina alkaloids in the Funk laboratory

To date, work in the Funk laboratory has resulted in the total synthesis of

(±)-β-erythroidine (1-6) and (±)-8-oxo-β-erythroidine (1-79), both members of the

nonaromatic erythrinan subclass of natural products (Scheme 1.5.6).19f The

syntheses of the natural products commenced with the retrocycloaddition of

dioxin 1-67 and concomitant intramolecular cycloaddition of the intermediate

amidoacrolein to afford exo-cycloadduct 1-68 as the major product. Aldehyde 1-

H

ON

O

O+ PhthN

OH

NH N

NH2Bn

iBu

C6F5SO3H

82% (96% ee)

1-69 1-70

1-71

1-72

Page 28: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

16

68 was transformed under the Still–Gennari protocol to the Z-enoate 1-73. Heck

cyclization of vinyl bromide 1-73 afforded the E-dienoate, which was hydrolyzed

to give acid 1-74. Upon heating, acid 1-74 underwent a 6π-electrocyclic closure to

the corresponding lactone. The lactone was protected as ortho ester 1-75. The

C(6)–C(7) unsaturation was introduced by selenylation/oxidative deselenylation

to give the diene lactam which was deconjugated to diene 1-76. A

diastereoselective cycloaddition of diene 1-76 with singlet oxygen from the less

hindered face and a reductive workup gave diol 1-77. Subsequent treatment of

diol 1-77 with potassium hydroxide and methyl iodide in the presence of a phase

Scheme 1.5.6. He and Funk’s total syntheses of (±)-β-erythroidine and (±)-8-oxo-β-erythroidine

ON

OO

N

O

O

O

O

N

O

O

H

NO

HO

OBrOO

N

O

Br

N

O

O

HH

Br

ON

O

O

O

O

N

O

O

O

O

OH

HO

toluene,110 oC

66% exo(+ 11% endo)

(F3CH2CO)2P O

OMe

OK

18-Crown-6, 95%

1. Pd(OAc)2, PPh3, K2CO3 90%

2. LiOH 95%

HO

N

O

O

O

O1. toluene, 110 oC 89%

2. CH(OMe)3,HOCH2CH2OH 95%

1. LDA, PhSeSePh; H2O2, pyridine 86%

2. KHMDS, HMPA; AcOH 91%

1O2, hν,rose bengal;NH2CSNH2 73%

KOH, MeI,Et4NBr

88%

1. AlH3•NEt(Me)2 80%

2. H3O+

95%H3O+

96%1-79

8-oxo-β-erythroidine

1-67 1-68 1-73

1-74 1-75 1-76

1-77 1-78 1-6β−erythroidine

6 7

3

6

Page 29: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

17

transfer catalyst allowed for simultaneous methylation of the C(3) hydroxyl and

for elimination of the C(6) hydroxyl to provide lactam 1-78. Hydrolysis of the

ortho ester of 1-78 furnished (±)-8-oxo-β-erythroidine (1-79). Reduction of lactam

1-78 with alane–ethyldimethyamine complex, followed by hydrolysis of the

ortho ester functionality completed the total synthesis of (±)-β-erythroidine (1-6).

Page 30: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

18

Chapter 2. Total Synthesis of (±)-Isophellibiline

2.1. Retrosynthetic analysis of isophellibiline

Following He and Funk’s successful total syntheses of two nonaromatic

erythrinan alkaloids, we aimed to demonstrate the versatility of this strategy by

completing the total synthesis of a nonaromatic homoerythrinan alkaloid,

isophellibiline (1-8).28 Isophellibiline was isolated from Phelline billiardieri

(Iliacacées) and its structure was determined from chemical and spectral data. Our

retrosynthetic approach to the synthesis of isophellibiline is illustrated in Scheme

2.1.1. It was proposed that isophellibiline could be prepared by seemingly

straightforward extension of He and Funk’s β-erythroidine synthesis. However,

it was expected that the seven-membered ring, the C(1)–C(6) alkene, and the C(3)

hydroxyl group would make the synthesis of this natural product more

challenging. Thus, 1,6-reduction of diene amide 1-80, reduction of the lactam,

and unmasking of the lactone would give isophellibiline (1-8). Oxidation of the

deconjugated diene derived from diene 1-81 would install the C(3) hydroxyl

substituent in diene amide 1-80. Diene 1-81 would in turn arise from lactam 1-82

following protection of the lactone functionality, and introduction of the diene

functionality. Lactone 1-82 would derive from dieneoate 1-83 via a 6π-

electrocyclic ring closure. Acid 1-83 could arise from an intramolecular Heck

reaction of ester 1-84. Finally, the intramolecular cycloaddition of amidoacrolein

Page 31: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

19

Scheme 2.1.1. Retrosynthetic analysis of isophellibiline

1-85 which possesses the necessary additional carbon within the amide alkenyl

side chain would be followed by Still–Gennari olefination to furnish ester 1-84.

2.2. Total synthesis of (±)-isophellibiline

The total synthesis of isophellibiline commenced with the condensation of

2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-5-one (1-57) with 4-bromopent-4-ene-1-amine (1-86)29 in

the presence of sodium sulfate to give imine 1-87 (Scheme 2.2.1.). Acylation of

imine 1-87 with hexa-3,5-dienoyl chloride (1-88), prepared in two steps from

sorbic acid,30 gave amidodioxin 1-89.

Scheme 2.2.1. Preparation of dioxin 1-89

N

O

O BrH

HON

OO

N

O

O

O

O

N

O

O

H

O

NO

H

HOO

NO

HO

O

Br

1-8isophellibiline

1-80 1-81 1-82

1-83 1-84

NO

O

O

O

HO

1-85

3

1 67

1-891-57

1-86 1-88

1-87

OO

NClO

Br

H2N

Br

OONa2SO4,benzene,rt, 8 h;

PhNEt2, THF,rt, 12 h63% (2 steps)

OO

OO

N

Br

Page 32: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

20

Scheme 2.2.2. Intramolecular amidoacrolein cycloaddition

Upon heating, amidodioxin 1-89 underwent a retrocycloaddition and

concomitant cycloaddition to give a 4.5:1 mixture of exo-cycloadduct 1-91 and

endo-cycloadduct 1-90, respectively (Scheme 2.2.2). Presumably, this ratio reflects

the strain energy difference between the cis-cycloadduct 1-91 and the trans-

cycloadduct 1-90 (~3 kcal/mol, PCMODEL, MMX) that is, to some extent, also

present in the respective exo-1-85 and endo-1-85 transition states, thus overriding

any putative stabilization incurred through secondary orbital interactions in

endo-1-85.

At this stage, we attempted to rectify a shortcoming in Funk and He’s β-

erythroidine (1-6) synthesis, namely, the lack of an enantioselective approach.

However, our attempt to address this issue through a classical substrate

controlled approach employing an α-silyloxy substituent on C(2) of the hexa-3,5-

dienoyl moiety was unsuccessful. Moreover, all attempts to catalyze the

OO

N

Br

N O

H

H

NO

O

HH

Br

Br

N

O

O

H

H

N

O

O

H

Br

H

Br

exo-1-85endo-1-85

13% 59%

O

O

1-89

1-90 1-91

toluene,110 °C,6.5 h

Page 33: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

21

intramolecular cycloaddition of amidoacrolein 1-85 with chiral catalysts such as

Carmona’s rhodium catalyst,31 Kündig’s ruthenium catalyst,32, Nishida’s

ytterbium(III) BINAMIDE complex,33 and Ishihara34 or Yamamoto’s35 chiral

Brønstead acid catalysts, among others also proved unsuccessful.

With racemic cycloadduct 1-91 in hand, we turned our attention towards

the introduction of the key tetrahydroazepine ring. Thus, Still–Gennari

olefination36 of neopentyl aldehyde 1-91 gave Z-enoate 1-84 (Scheme 2.2.3).

However, initial attempts to effect the Heck cyclization of vinyl bromide 1-84

using the conditions (Pd(OAc)2, PPh3, K2CO3) employed in the course of He and

Funk’s β-erythroidine synthesis, as well as several other protocols (e.g.,

Pd(OAc)2, P(o-tol)3, K2CO3; Pd(OAc)2, AsPh3, iPrNEt2; Pd(OAc)2, dppp, Et3N;

Pd(PPh3)4, NaOAc), provided the desired E-dienoate in very low yield (<5%)

along with significant decomposition of the starting material, usually the result

of debromination. Similarly, Heck cyclization of vinyl iodide 1-92, prepared from

the from vinyl bromide 1-84 via halogen exchange (Scheme 2.2.4),37 led mainly to

the deiodination product. Padwa and coworkers noted similar difficulties in

effecting a Heck cyclization to form a tetrahydroazepine ring in their approach

ambiguine38 synthesis gave the desired E-dienoate with clean inversion of

Scheme 2.2.3. Preparation of Z-enoate 1-84

(F3CH2CO)2P O

OMe

OKN

O

O

H

Br

H

NO

HO

O

Br18-Crown-6, THF,-78 °C, 1 h 66%

1-91 1-84

Page 34: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

22

Scheme 2.2.4. Preparation of vinyl iodide 1-92

stereochemistry (Scheme 2.2.5).39 The resulting methyl ester was immediately

saponified with LiOH to give dienoic acid 1-83. As noted by Baran and

coworkers, the slow addition of Herrmann’s catalyst40 was necessary to achieve a

consistent yield in the Heck reaction. Interestingly, the reduced product was not

observed. Thus, it can be concluded that even in the highly reducing

environment (excess sodium formate), interception of the intermediate alkyl-

palladium species by hydride ion is slower than the competing β-hydride

elimination.

The next task in the total synthesis involved introduction of the lactone D-

ring (Scheme 2.2.6) and installation of the C(3) hydroxyl substituent. With these

goals in mind, heating dienoic acid 1-83 in refluxing toluene promoted a clean

6π-electrocyclic closure to lactone 1-82. Lactone 1-82 was then protected with 1,2-

ethanediol in the presence trimethyl orthoformate and catalytic acid to give ortho

Scheme 2.2.5. Introduction of the tetrahydroazepine ring

NO

HO

O

Br1-84

NO

HO

O

I1-92

HN N

HCuI, KI, dioxane,115 °C, 96 h

95%

PdP

Ar Ar

Ar = o-CH3C6H4

O OPdOO

PAr Ar

1.

NaOCOH, Bu4NBr, Et3N, MeCN, 85 °C, 24 h

2. LiOH, THF, MeOH, H2O, rt, 3 h, 65% (2 steps)

NO

HO

O

Br

NO

H

HOO

1-84 1-83

Page 35: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

23

Scheme 2.2.6. Preparation of diene 1-94

ester 1-93. The C(6)–C(7) unsaturation present in 1-81 was introduced via a

selenylation/deselenylation sequence. Treatment of diene amide 1-81 with LDA,

followed by a kinetic quench with acetic acid at low temperature (–78 °C),

yielded the deconjugated diene lactam 1-94.

With diene 1-94 in hand, the C(3) hydroxyl substituent could be installed.

Thus, a stereoselective cycloaddition with singlet oxygen, from the face opposite

to the bulky ortho ester, gave endoperoxide 1-95 (Scheme 2.2.7). Reduction of the

crude endoperoxide with thiourea proceeded smoothly, affording the cis-1,4-diol

1-96 in good yield.

Scheme 2.2.7. Introduction of the C(3) hydroxyl substituent

NO

O

O

O

NO

O

O

O

1. nBuLi, THF, -78 °C, 0.75 h; PhSeSePh, 1 h2. H2O2, pyridine, CH2Cl2, 0 °C, 1 h

81% (2 steps)

1-81 1-94

NO

H

HOO

NO

H

OO

NO

H

O

O

O

1-83 1-82 1-93

toluene,110 °C,12 h

80%

CH(OMe)3, CSAHOCH2CH2OH,CH2Cl2, rt, 12 h

78%

LDA, HMPA,THF, -78 °C, 2.5 h; AcOH 96%

67

1-94 1-95 1-96

NO

O

O

O

N

O

O

O

O

OH

HON

O

O

O

O

OO1O2, hν,rose bengal,

acetone, 0 oC, 2 h;

H2N NH2

S

MeOH, rt,12h, 70%

Page 36: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

24

Since isophellibiline (1-8) possesses a C(3) hydroxyl substituent instead of

the C(3) methoxy substituent present in β-erythroidine (1-6), we could not

employ the strategy previously utilized to reintroduce the C(6)–C(7)

unsaturation (1-77à1-78, Scheme 1.5.6). Therefore, after extensive

experimentation, the C(3) hydroxyl of diol 1-96 was protected selectively as its

silyl ether (1-97) with N-(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)-N-methyltrifluoroacetamide

(Scheme 2.2.8).41

Scheme 2.2.8. Protection of the C(3) hydroxyl group

An attempt to implement the aforementioned methylation/elimination

sequence (KOH, MeI, Et4NBr) to install the C(6)–C(7) unsaturation was

hampered by a competitive silyl transfer, resulting in the C(6) silyl ether and

subsequent methylation of the hydroxyl group at C(3) (Scheme 2.2.9). Efforts to

dehydrate 1-97 using either Martin’s sulfurane or the Burgess reagent also were

unsuccessful.

Scheme 2.2.9. Attempted reintroduction of the C(6)–C(7) unsaturation

N

O

O

O

O

OH

TBSO

1-97

N

O

O

O

O

OH

HO

1-96

F3C

O

N TBS

MeCN,rt, 12 h 65%

3

6

N

O

O

O

O

OH

TBSON

O

O

O

O

OTBS

OKOH, MeI,Et4NBr, THF,DMSO, rt, 12 h

98%

1-97 1-98

Page 37: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

25

Ultimately, a two-step sequence involving acetylation of the tertiary C(6)

hydroxyl group and subsequent elimination of the acetate with DBU

reintroduced the C(6)–C(7) unsaturation present in lactam 1-99 (Scheme 2.2.10).

Scheme 2.2.10. Reintroduction of the C(6)–C(7) unsaturation

All that remained to complete the total synthesis of isophellibiline was 1,6-

reduction of the diene 1-99, reduction of the lactam, and global deprotection. To

that end, selective 1,6-reduction of diene lactam 1-99 with L-Selectride gave

lactam 1-100 as the only reduction product (Scheme 2.2.11). Reduction of

lactam1-100 with alane–ethyldimethylamine complex gave the corresponding

amine. Finally, hydrolysis of the ortho ester and concomitant cleavage of the silyl

ether under mildly acidic conditions furnished (±)-isophellibiline (1-8) whose

spectroscopic properties were identical to those previously reported and

authentic spectra provided by Dr. Nicole Langlois.28,42 Attempts to convert

isophellibiline (1-8) to phellibiline (1-101) under the conditions (“per passage sur

Scheme 2.2.11. Completion of the total synthesis of (±)-isophellibiline

NO

O

O

O

TBSO

1-99

N

O

O

O

O

OH

TBSO

1-97

1. Ac2O, Et3N, DMAP, CH2Cl2, rt, 36 h, 97%

2. DBU, benzene, 80 °C, 24 h 82%

67

NO

O

O

O

TBSON

O

O

O

O

TBSON

O

HO

O

1. AlH3•NEt(Me)2, THF, 0 °C, 0.75 h 70%

2. HCl, H2O, THF, rt, 1.75 h 90%

1-99 1-100 1-8isophellibiline

L-Selectride,THF, -78 °C,3 h; 0 °C, 2 h;AcOH, -78 °C

83%

Page 38: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

26

une colonne d’alumine”; basic, neutral and acidic alumina were tested) disclosed

in the isolation paper28 were unsuccessful (Scheme 2.2.12).

Scheme 2.2.12. Attempted conversion of isophellibiline to phellibiline

2.3. Concluding remarks

In conclusion, the first and only total synthesis of a member of the

nonaromatic homoerythrinan class of natural products, (±)-isophellibiline,43 was

completed in 16 linear steps from 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-5-one (1-57) in an

overall yield of 2.3%. Not unexpectedly, the seven-membered ring present in the

homoerythrinan class represented an additional challenge. Finally, we have

demonstrated the versatility of the Funk laboratory’s strategy for the preparation

of members of the nonaromatic erythrinan and homoerythrinan subclass of

natural products.

N

O

HO

O

1-8isophellibiline

N

O

HO

O

1-101phellibiline

"alumina"

Page 39: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

27

Chapter 3. Preparation of Dihydro-β-Erythroidine (DHβE) Analogs

3.1. Background and significance

3.1.1. Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors (nAChRs)

Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors (nAChRs) are members of the ligand-

gated ion channels family.44 The nicotinic acetylcholine receptors are the most

extensively studied of the ligand-gated ion channels. Opening of the channel

pore is triggered by the endogenous neurotransmitter acetylcholine (1-102) or

exogenous agonists, such as nicotine (1-103) (Figure 3.1.1).45 nAChRs can be

divided into two groups: muscular and neuronal. Muscular nAChRs are located

at neuromuscular junctions where they mediate neuromuscular transmission.

Neuronal nAChRs are pentameric ion channels composed of α and β subunits

and are critical in signal transmission in the mammalian peripheral and central

nervous system (CNS).46 To date, eight α (α2–α7, α9, and α10) and three β (β2–

β4) subunits have been identified in the mammalian nervous system.47 The

neuronal nAChRs can be further subdivided into two subtypes: (1) the

Figure 3.1.1. Structures of acetylcholine and nicotine

1-103nicotine

NNNO

O

1-102acetylcholine

Page 40: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

28

homomeric nAChRs composed of an association of α7–α9 subunits that binds α-

bungarotoxin (α-Bgtx), and (2) the heteromeric nAChRs composed of a

combination of α and β subunits that are α-Bgtx insensitive.48 Different

combinations of subunits result in receptors with distinct pharmacological and

physiological properties. The most abundant nAChRs in the CNS, and the most

interesting from a drug discovery perspective, are the α4β2 heteromeric

receptors and the α7 monomeric receptors.45,48a The former constitutes the high-

affinity binding site in the mammalian CNS for nicotine.46,49 α4β2 nAChRs are

therapeutic targets for the treatment of pain, neurodegenerative diseases, such as

Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s diseases, and psychiatric disorders, such as

schizophrenia, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), anxiety and

depression, drug addiction, and nicotine addiction.50 The development of novel

therapeutic agents that selectively interact with nAChRs has traditionally

focused on full or partial agonists, and more recently, allosteric activators.47,50b

Full agonists are ligands that elicit a maximal response following binding and

anything producing a lower response after binding is a partial agonist. In

contrast, little effort has been directed towards the development of competitive

nAChR antagonists.46 Competitive antagonists are ligands that reversibly bind to

the active site without eliciting a response.

Page 41: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

29

3.1.2. Pharmacophore models for nAChR ligands

A pharmacophore model is a 3D ensemble of the minimal structural

features, such as aromatic rings, hydrophobic centroids, hydrogen bond

acceptors or donors, cations and anions, necessary to permit binding to the active

site and elicit a biological response.46,51 Pharmacophore models can be used in the

identification of novel ligands, through drug design or database searching, that

bind to the same receptor. Given the difficulties associated with the

determination of the structure of membrane bound proteins via X-ray

crystallography or NMR studies, the structurs of nAChRs have only recently

begun to emerge.52 Consequently, ligand-based pharmacophore models for

nACh receptors have been defined, and optimized, based on structure activity

relationships (SAR) and the binding data of a diverse set of ligands.

Beers and Reich53 proposed the first useful pharmacophore model for the

nAChR. They suggested that a ligand required two structural elements: (1) an

onium group (N+) that engages in a coulombic interaction with the receptor, and

(2) a heteroatom (N or O) capable of acting as a hydrogen bond acceptor with the

receptor (Figure 3.1.2). The optimal distance between the van der Waals (vdW)

surface of the hydrogen bond acceptor (X) and the center of the onium group

was found to be 5.9 Å.

Page 42: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

30

Figure 3.1.2. (1) Beers–Reich pharmacophore, (2) as applied to nicotine

Sheridan and coworkers54 utilized an ensemble distance geometry

approach to develop the Beers–Reich pharmacophore further. They proposed a

triangular relationship between three pharmacophore components: (1) an onium

group, (2) a hydrogen bond acceptor, and (3) a “dummy” site (C) representing

the centroid of an aryl ring or the carbon of a carbonyl group (Figure 3.1.3).

Sheridan’s model dictated that the pharmacophoric elements of a ligand meet the

following parameters: (1) a distance of 4.8 Å   between   the hydrogen bond

acceptor (X) and   the   onium   group   (N+),   (2)   a   distance   of   1.2   Å   between   the  

hydrogen   bond   acceptor   and   the   dummy   site   (C),   and   (3)   a   distance   of   4.0   Å  

between  the  onium  group  and  the  dummy  site.  

Figure 3.1.3. (1) Sheridan pharmacophore, (2) as applied to nicotine

N+

5.9 Å

onium group

hydrogen bondacceptor X

N

NH

H

(1) (2)

vdW surface

H

3 Å

C

N+

4.0 Å4.8 Å

1.2 Åaryl centroidor carbonyl C

onium group

hydrogen bondacceptorX

N

NH

C

(1) (2)

Page 43: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

31

A key limitation with both the Beers–Reich and Sheridan pharmacophores

is their inherent two-dimensionality. For instance, neither model is capable of

explaining the higher binding affinity of (S)-nicotine compared to (R)-nicotine.

Additional components are required within the pharmacophore model to

provide three-dimensionality.

This deficiency was, in part, addressed by the Abbott “four-point”

model,49,55 which, when compared to previous models, placed less emphasis on

the N-X (onium-hydrogen bond acceptor) distance. Rather the Abbott model

emphasized the directionality of the vectors between the onium group (1), the

hydrogen bond acceptor (2), and their respective protein counterparts (3) and (4)

(Figure 3.1.4).

Researchers at Novo Nordisk56 have proposed a more developed vector

model, which, not unlike the Abbott model, emphasizes the importance of

receptor-related features over the N-X distance. The Novo Nordisk model maps

key interatomic distances and angles (Figure 3.1.5). The three key site points of

the model are: (1) site point a, the receptor feature related to the onium group, (2)

site point b, the receptor feature correlated to the hydrogen bond acceptor, and

(3) site point C which represents the centroid of the aryl ring or the carbon of a

carbonyl group. Site points a and b are located at the end of vectors 2.9 Å  in  

Figure 3.1.4. Abbott “four-point” pharmacophore as applied to nicotine

3

4

2

1N

HN

Page 44: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

32

Figure 3.1.5. (1) Novo Nordisk pharmacophore, (2) as applied to nicotine

length  originating  from  the  onium  group  and  the  hydrogen  bond  acceptor.  The  

parameters  defining  the  pharmacophore  model  are  the  distances  from  a  to  C  and  

a   to   b,   and   the   angle   between   these   interatomic   distance   vectors.   The   model  

suggests  that  the  key  factor  for  ligand  activity  are  the  vectors  to  site  points  a  and  

b.   Thus,   the   vector   model   can   accommodate   ligands   with   both   “short”   and  

“long”  N-­‐‑X  distances.  

It should be noted that acetylcholine (1-102, Figure 3.1.1) only possesses

two pharmacophoric features, an onium group and a hydrogen bond acceptor,

and is extremely flexible. Therefore it cannot be assumed that ligands must

conform to three-point pharmacophore models.57

3.1.3. Dihydro-β-erythroidine (DHβE)

A compound that has been found to interact with the receptor of interest

can be an attractive starting point (lead) for drug discovery and as a biological

N+

XC2.9 Å

7.3 - 8.0 Å

2.9 Å

6.5 - 7.4 Å

a

b

30 - 35°

onium group

aryl centroidor carbonyl C

hydrogen bondacceptor

site point b

site point a

NC

N H

a

b

(1) (2)

Page 45: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

33

tool for the investigation of receptor function and mechanism. The diverse

biological activities found in Nature have resulted in natural products that

possess a high degree of molecular diversity, thus making them invaluable

sources for drugs as well as lead compounds. A number of natural products that

target nAChRs have served as leads in the development of potential drugs.47,50a

For example, anabaseine (1-104), a toxin isolated from a marine worm, was found

to stimulate all nAChR subtypes (Figure 3.1.6).58 However, a synthetic derivative,

3-(2,4-dimethoxybenzylidene)-anabaseine (DMXBA, 1-105) is a selective α7

nAChR partial agonist.59 DMXBA is in clinical trials for cognition enhancement in

patients with schizophrenia, AD and ADHD.59b Similarly, nicotine (1-103, Figure

3.1.1), epibatidine (1-110), lobeline (1-106), anatoxin A (1-107) and others have

served as leads towards the development of novel therapeutics. To date,

varenicline (Chantix™, 1-109), a partial agonist of α4β2 nAChRs derived from

cytisine (1-108), represents the only nAChR-based therapeutic approved for use

in nicotine replacement therapy that was derived from a rational medicinal

chemistry effort.

The Funk laboratory was intrigued by the notion of examining 2,7-

dihydro-β-erythroidine (DHβE) (1-10, Figure 3.1.6) as a lead compound and to

create structure activity relationships (SAR) that may be useful in designing

subtype-selective nAChR antagonists.

2,7-Dihydro-β-erythroidine (DHβE) (1-10, Figure 3.1.6) is a semi-synthetic

compound that was first prepared by Merck researchers in the 1940’s by partial

hydrogenation of β-erythroidine (β-E) (1-6, Figure 1.1.1).9 While DHβE was

Page 46: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

34

Figure 3.1.6. Structures of lead compounds and synthetic analogues

found to be an extremely potent curarizing agent, undesirable side-effects

limited its use in clinical practice. However, forty years after its discovery,

Williams and Robinson60 determined that DHβE binds with high-affinity (2 nM)

to neuronal receptors in rat brain and that its distribution of binding was similar

to that of [3H]-nicotine and [3H]-acetylcholine. DHβE has since become widely

used in functional assays as a nonselective, competitive antagonist for nAChRs.

DHβE exhibits high-affinity (low nanomolar Ki values) competitive antagonism

for α4β2 nAChRs.61 Decker and coworkers found that DHβE had a 114-fold

greater selectivity for rat α4β2 than rat α7 receptor.61a Furthermore,

electrophysiological measurements on oocytes expressing human α4β2 receptor

ON

OO

1-102,7-dihydro-β-erythroidine

(DHβE)

HN

N

Cl

1-110epibatidine

N

OOH

HN O

1-107anatoxin A

1-106lobeline

N N

N N

OMe

OMe

1-104anabaseine

1-105DMXBA

N

NH O

N

N

HN

1-108cytisine

1-109varenicline(Chantix™)

2 7

Page 47: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

35

indicated that DHβE was approximately fifteen-fold less potent of an inhibitor of

the α3β2 subtype.61c

In order to develop analogues of DHβE that displayed antagonist activity

at the α4β2 receptor, an understanding of the interaction with the receptor was

required. Specifically, it was necessary to determine which structural features of

DHβE confer affinity. In Beers and Reich’s53 examination of β-erythroidine as

compared to acetylcholine, they concluded that the oxygen atoms of the methoxy

group on the A-ring and of the lactone D-ring could both form hydrogen bonds

whose van der Waals surface measured 5.9 Å   from   the  onium  site   (1-­‐‑6,   Figure  

3.1.7).  In their analysis of DHβE (1-10), Sheridan  and  coworkers54 also noted that

two potential hydrogen bond acceptors, which fit within the pharmacophore

constraints existed. Sheridan and coworkers favored the oxygen of the lactone D-

ring as the hydrogen bond acceptor on the basis of structural analogy to

strychnine (1-111). However, as noted previously, a shortcoming of the Beers–

Reich and Sheridan pharmacophores are their inherent two-dimensionality.

Indeed, application by Funk of the more restrictive Abbott “four-point” model to  

Figure 3.1.7. Pharmacophoric elements in β-E as determined by Beers and Reich, and DHβE and strychnine as determined by Sheridan

ON

OO

1-102,7-dihydro-β-erythroidine

(DHβE)

ON

OO

1-6β-erythroidine

(β−E)

N

O

N

OH

H

HH H

H

1-111strychnine

CC

Page 48: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

36

the analysis of DHβE led to a different conclusion. Funk concluded that a higher

energy diastereomeric trans-BC bicyclic ammonium salt (1-10b) must be invoked

in order to achieve the correct directionality vectors for the onium site and the

hydrogen bond acceptor if the lactone ring lone pair is to function as the

hydrogen bond acceptor (Figure 3.1.8). Thus, Funk proposed that the methoxy

lone pair served as the hydrogen bond acceptor.

Figure 3.1.8. Conformations of DHβE, protonated-cis and -trans

To test this hypothesis, two 2,7-dihydro-β-erythroidine (DHβE) analogs—

desmethoxy-DHβE (1-112) and deslactone-DHβE (1-113)—were synthesized by

Funk and He, and preliminary [3H]-nicotine binding assays were performed by

Prof. Peter Crooks of the University of Kentucky (Table 3.1.1). The Crooks group

found that the analog lacking the methoxy group (desmethoxy-DHβE) exhibited

an 84-fold decrease in affinity relative to DHβE, whereas the analog lacking the

lactone ring (deslactone-DHβE) exhibited only a 2.6-fold decrease in affinity

relative to DHβE. These results are in keeping with the conjecture that the

methoxy lone pair, as opposed to the lactone lone pair, functions as the hydrogen

bond acceptor.

N

O

O O

Hcis

1-10aDHβE

(protonated-cis)

N

O

O

O

H

trans

1-10bDHβE

(protonated-trans)

ON

OO

2 1 6 7

1-102,7-dihydro-β-erythroidine

(DHβE)

ΔS.E. =7.8 kcal/mol

B

C

Page 49: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

37

Table 3.1.1. Structure and binding results for Funk and He’s DHβE analogs

Compound

Ki (nM)

Human [3H]-nicotine (α4β2)

1-10 25

1-112 2090

1-113 66

Further evidence to support this hypothesis could be found in the

structure activity relationship (SAR) studies performed by Wildeboer.62

Wildeboer prepared two β-erythroidine (1-6) analogs—desmethoxy-βE (1-114) and

βE-diol (1-115)—and performed rat and human [3H]-cytisine binding assays

(Table 3.1.2). In this case, it was found that the analog lacking the methoxy group

(desmethoxy-βE) had no measurable binding to rat α4β2 receptors at

concentrations up to 20 000 nM. However, the reduction in affinity may also be

due to the addition of the third carbon-carbon double bond, not the absence of

the methoxy group; this observation may be an extension of the trend observed

in the affinities of β-E versus DHβE. The analog lacking the lactone ring (βE-diol)

had an affinity that was 3.5-fold greater than that of β-E. The increase in affinity

ON

OO

DHβE

N

OO

desmethoxy-DHβE

ON

deslactone-DHβE

Page 50: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

38

Table 3.1.2. Structure and binding results for Wildeboer’s β-E analogs

Compound

Ki (nM)

Rat [3H]-cytisine(α4β2)

Human [3H]-cytisine(α4β2)

1-6 1 100±840 Not determined

1-10 140±18 620±170

1-114 >20 000 Not determined

1-115 310±120 240±15

observed for this analog may be due to the absence of the lactone moiety, or

perhaps due to additional hydrogen bonding opportunities afforded by the diol

moiety.

We believed that these results warranted further investigation to

understand the interactions of these compounds with nAChRs. Specifically,

through the preparation of structurally simplified DHβE analogs and subsequent

binding assays, we aimed to determine structure-activity relationships that

ON

OO

β−E

ON

OO

DHβE

N

OO

desmethoxy-βE

ON

HOHO

βE-diol

Page 51: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

39

would aid in further structural manipulation of these compounds. We initiated

our investigation with the preparation of two groups of novel analogous of

deslactone-DHβE (1-113): Type I analogs that lack the piperidine ring, and Type II

analogs that lack the piperidine and pyrrolidine rings (Figure 3.1.9).

Figure 3.1.9. Type I and Type II analogs of deslactone-DHβE

3.2. Synthesis of DHβE analogs

The synthesis of the deslactone-DHβE analogs lacking the piperidine ring

(Type I) began with the known ester 1-118, prepared from either (R)- or (S)-

tyrosine (1-116) via the protocol developed by Wipf63 (Scheme 3.2.1). The methyl

ester 1-118 was saponified to the corresponding acid, which upon treatment with

ethyl chloroformate provided lactone 1-119. Reductive cleavage of the lactone

with activated zinc and acetic acid gave acid 1-120 with concomitant

deconjugative isomerization of the olefin bond. Barton decarboxylation of acid 1-

120 furnished pyrrolidine 1-121. Reduction of the ketone 1-121 with sodium

borohydride gave alcohol 1-122 as a single diastereomer, which presumably

arose from the expected axial hydride delivery. The stereoselectivity of the

reduction was confirmed through NMR studies (COSY, NOSY) of a downstream

product (1-127). Deprotection of the Boc-carbamate 1-122 with trifluoroacetic

NORH

R NO

RR

R

Type I analogs

R = H, Me

Type II analogs

R = H, Me

Page 52: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

40

Scheme 3.2.1. Preparation of Type I deslactone-DHβE analogs

acid (TFA) afforded the parent analog 1-123. Reduction of the Boc-

carbamate 1-122 with lithium aluminum hydride provided the N-methyl analog

1-124. The alkoxide derivative of alcohol 1-122 was methylated with methyl

iodide to give methyl ether 1-125. As before, treatment of the Boc-carbamate 1-

125 with TFA gave the O-methyl analog 1-126. Finally, reduction of the Boc-

carbamate 1-125 furnished the bismethyl analog 1-127.

Preparation of the deslactone-DHβE analogs lacking both the piperidine

and pyrrolidine rings (Type II) began with the known mixture of trans-

dibromides 1-128, prepared in two steps from benzoic acid via Birch reduction,

in situ methylation,64 followed by bromination (Scheme 3.2.2).65 Upon treatment

NH2

CO2HHO

ONHBoc

O

O

1-116(R)-tyrosine

(or (S)-tyrosine)

NO

OH

BocH

CO2MeNa2CO3,MeOH

90%

NO

O

BocH

O

1-117 1-118

1-119

Zn, TMSCl,BrCH2CH2Br,AcOH

60%NOBocH

CO2HNOBocH

NO

SH , DCC,DMAP;

Bu3SnH, AIBN 60%

NaBH4

90%

1. LiOH 95%

2. Et3N; ClCO2Et 96%

NHOBocH

NOBocH

NaH;MeI 80%

1-120

1. Boc2O, NaOH 77%

2. PhI(OAc)2, 27%

1-121

1-122

1-125

NHHO

HNHO

H

NHO

H

1-126

NOH

1-127

1-123 1-124

TFA;K2CO3 40%

TFA;K2CO3

50%

LiAlH4

60%

LiAlH4

65%

Page 53: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

41

of the mixture with sodium bicarbonate, the major dibromocarboxylate

underwent an intramolecular cyclization to give bromolactone 1-129 as the only

neutral product.66 The stereochemistry of the product (1-129) was assigned based

on the work of Ikota and Ganem,66a who prepared the des-methyl derivative of 1-

129. Radical debromination of bromolactone 1-129 gave the reduced lactone 1-

130. After significant experimentation with lactone 1-130 and the corresponding

methyl ester prepared via methanolysis of the lactone, it was found that lactone

1-130 could be converted into amide 1-131 in a slow reaction with ammonia gas

at elevated pressure and temperature. Treatment of amide 1-131 with lead

tetraacetate induces a rearrangement to an intermediate isocyanate, which was

trapped by the transannular hydroxyl group to give the cyclic urethane 1-132.67

Hydrolysis of the urethane gave the primary amine 1-133. Reduction of the

Scheme 3.2.2. Preparation of Type II deslactone-DHβE analogs

Br

O

OH OO

OO

HO NH2O

NaHCO3

54%

Bu3SnH,AIBN

95%

NH3 (100psi)

89%

Pb(OAc)4

63%

O NH

O

O N

O

HO NH2HO HN

HO N

KOH

57%

LiAlH4

71%

LiAlH4

56%

NaH;MeI 78%

1-128 1-129 1-130 1-131

1-132 1-133 1-134

1-135 1-136

BrBr

Page 54: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

42

urethane with lithium aluminum hydride provided the N-methyl analog 1-134.

Methylation of carbamate 1-132 with methyl iodide gave the tertiary amide 1-135

that was subsequently reduced to deliver the N,N-dimethyl analog 1-136.

3.3. Results and discussion

These compounds were evaluated for their affinity in human α4β2,

human α6/α3β2β3, and human CHO α7 receptors under the supervision of

Daniel Yohannes, Senior Director for Drug Discovery at Targacept Inc. (Table

3.3.1). While all of the compounds showed excellent selectivity for the α4β2

receptor, most of the compounds, with the exception of compound (S)-1-123,

failed to bind below a micromolar concentration at the targeted receptors.

Furthermore, analysis of the data failed to reveal any trends that may have aided

in making structural refinements of our compounds in an attempt to increase

their binding affinities. Accordingly, functionality assays (antagonist/agonist)

were not pursued.

Page 55: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

43

Table 3.3.1. Binding results for Type I and II analogs

Compound

Ki (nM)

Human α4β2 Human α6/α3β2β3 Human CHO α7

(R)-1-123 5 400 100 000 79 000

(R)-1-127 5 500 100 000 100 000

(R)-1-124 5 600 100 000 47 000

(R)-1-127 7 900 100 000 68 000

(S)-1-123 990 37 000 100 000

(S)-1-126 1 800 100 000 4 700

(S)-1-124 6 000 45 000 78 000

(S)-1-127 65 000 100 000 28 000

1-133 11 000 100 000 100 000

1-135 18 000 75 000 43 000

1-136 5 600 90 000 100 000

NHHO

H

NHO

H

NHOH

NOH

NHHO

H

NHO

H

NHOH

NOH

HO NH2

HO HN

HO N

Page 56: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

44

Chapter 4. Experimental

4.1. Materials and Methods

Unless otherwise stated, all reactions were performed in flame-dried

round-bottomed flasks. The flasks were fitted with rubber septa and reactions

were conducted under a positive pressure of nitrogen. Syringes or cannulae were

used to transfer air- and moisture sensitive liquids. Organic solutions were

concentrated on rotary evaporators at ~10 Torr at 30 °C. Anhydrous acetonitrile

(CH3CN), benzene (PhH), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2Cl2),

diethyl ether (Et2O), toluene, triethylamine (Et3N), methanol (MeOH) and

dimethylformamide (DMF) were obtained by passing commercially available

pre-dried, oxygen-free formulations through activated alumina columns. All

other commercial reagents and solvents were used as received without further

purification, unless otherwise noted. Analytical thin–layer chromatography

(TLC) was performed using Al plates (Merck 60F-254) visualized by exposure to

ultraviolet light and an aqueous solution of ceric ammonium molybdate (CAM).

Flash column chromatography was performed as described by Still et al. using

silica gel (SiO2) (60-Å pore size, 32–63 µm, standard grade, Dynamic

Adsorbents).68 Silica gel was deactivated by washing, in order, with Et3N, EtOAc,

and then hexanes. NMR spectra were recorded on Bruker 300, 360 or 400 MHz

spectrometers and referenced from the residual undeuterated solvent in the

Page 57: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

45

NMR solvent (CHCl3: δ 7.26, d6-DMSO: δ 2.50). Data is reported as follows:

chemical shift [multiplicity (s = singlet, d = doublet, t = triplet, m = multiplet),

coupling constant(s) in Hertz, integration]. Carbon-13 NMR spectra were

recorded on Bruker 300, 360 or 400 MHz spectrometers and referenced from the

carbon resonances of the solvent (CDCl3: δ 77.00, d6-DMSO: δ 39.51). Data is

reported as follows: chemical shift. Infrared data (IR) were obtained with a

Perkin-Elmer 1600 IR, and are reported as follows: frequency of absorption (cm–

1). Melting points were obtained on a Thomas Hoover melting point apparatus

and are uncorrected.

4.2. Preparative Procedures

Amidodioxin 1-89: A solution of 4-bromopent-4-ene-1-amine29 (1-86, 10.1 g, 60.8

mmol) in benzene (20 mL) was added via cannula to a suspension of 2,2-

dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-5-one (1-57, 7.26 mL, 60.8 mmol) and Na2SO4 (30 g) in

benzene (200 mL) at 0 °C. The suspension was warmed to rt. After 8 h, the

reaction mixture was passed through a plug of celite and the clear solution was

concentrated to provide 16.8 g (100%) of the crude imine 1-87 as colorless oil,

which was used without further purification.

OO

NCl

O

Br

H2N

Br

OONa2SO4,benzene,rt, 8 h;

PhNEt2, THF,rt, 12 h 63%

OO

OO

N

Br

Page 58: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

46

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.57 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.20 (s, 2H),

3.19 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.90 (p, J = 7.0, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 1.40 (s,

6H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 169.3, 133.9, 116.9, 100.2, 66.8, 64.7, 60.0, 48.1,

38.9, 28.9, 23.7.

To a solution of the crude imine 1-87 (16.8 g, 60.8 mmol) in THF at -30 °C was

added hexa-3,5-dienoyl chloride30 (1-88, 7.64 mL, 61.5 mmol). After 10 minutes at

-30 °C, PhNEt2 (12.6 mL, 79.1 mmol) was added to the mixture. The mixture was

warmed to rt. After 12 h, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was

taken up in Et2O, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The orange oil was purified

by flash column chromatography (20% EtOAc/Hex) to give 14.4 g (64%) of

amidodioxin 1-89 as yellow oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.29 (ddd, J = 17.0, 10.2, 10.1 Hz, 1H),

6.07 (dd, J = 15.1, 10.9 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (ddd, J = 15.2, 7.4, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (s, 1H),

5.36 (s, 1H), 5.10 (d, J = 16.9 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.36

(br. s, 2H), 3.14 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.73 (dt, J = 14.8, 7.4 Hz,

2H), 1.48 (s, 6H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 171.6, 142.0, 136.3, 133.6, 133.2,

127.3, 117.1, 116.5, 114.6, 99.2, 59.4, 45.7, 38.4, 37.1, 26.3, 24.2. IR (thin film): 2994,

2941, 1662 cm-1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C17H25NO3Br [M+H]+: 370.1018. Found:

370.1020

Page 59: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

47

Endo-cycloadduct 1-90 and exo-cycloadduct 1-91: To a solution of amidodioxin

1-89 (14.4 g, 38.9 mmol) in toluene (778 mL) was added butylated

hydroxytoluene (~ 100 mg). The solution was sparged with argon for 10 minutes.

The flask was fitted with a reflux condenser and heated to reflux. After 6.5 h, the

solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting brown oil was purified by flash

column chromatography (25à66% EtOAc/Hex) to give 1.58 g (13%) of endo-

cycloadduct 1-90 as yellow oil and 7.17 g (59%) of exo-cycloadduct 1-91 as yellow

oil in the order of elution.

Endo-1-90: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.54 (s, 1H), 5.84 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 5.61

(s, 1H), 5.53 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 3.28 (ddd, J = 14.6, 9.2, 7.0 Hz, 1H),

3.08 (ddd, J = 14.5, 9.3, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (br. s, 1H), 2.66 (dd, J = 16.8, 9.2 Hz, 1H),

2.45 (app. t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.21-2.08 (m, 3H), 2.03 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.76 (m,

2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 199.5, 175.2, 133.0, 127.3, 126.2, 117.5, 70.5, 39.6,

38.8, 36.4, 32.6, 27.4, 22.6, 20.0. IR (thin film): 2928, 1731, 1693 cm-1. HRMS (ES)

calc. for C14H19NO2Br [M+H]+: 312.0599. Found: 312.0604.

Exo-1-91: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.51 (s, 1H), 5.80 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.58

(s, 1H), 5.49 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (s, 1H), 3.26 (ddd, J = 14.7, 8.9, 6.2 Hz, 1H),

3.04 (ddd, J = 14.6, 8.0, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (br. s, 1H), 2.62 (dd, J = 16.8, 9.1 Hz, 1H),

2.41 (app. t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.18-2.03 (m, 3H), 2.02-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.78 (m, 1H),

OO

N

Br

N

O

O

H

H

N

O

O

H

Br

H

Brendo13%

toluene,110 °C,6.5 h

O

+

exo59%

Page 60: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

48

1.77-1.63 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 199.4, 175.1, 132.9, 127.1, 126.1,

117.4, 70.4, 39.4, 38.7, 36.3, 32.5, 27.2, 22.4, 19.8. IR (thin film): 2929, 1732, 1694 cm-

1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C14H19NO2Br [M+H]+: 312.0599. Found: 312.0588.

Z-Enoate 1-84: To a solution of 18-crown-6 (3.2 g, 12.0 mmol) in THF (18 mL) at –

78 °C was added (CF3CH2O)2POCH2CO2CH3 (0.764 mL, 3.60 mmol), followed by

dropwise addition of a solution of KHMDS (0.5 Min toluene, 7.2 mL, 3.60 mmol).

After 0.3 h, a solution of the aldehyde 1-91 (750 mg, 2.40 mmol) in THF (9.6 mL)

was added dropwise via cannula. After one hour, excess anion was quenched at

–78 °C by the addition of a half-saturated NH4Cl solution (10 mL). The reaction

mixture was then warmed to room temperature. All volatile organics were

removed in vacuo. The aqueous residue was extracted twice with EtOAc (20 mL).

The combined organic extracts were washed once with water (20 mL), once with

brine (20 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by

flash column chromatography (50% EtOAc/Hex) provided 703 mg (80%) of Z-

enoate 1-84 as yellow oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.12 (br. d, J = 12.9 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (br. d, J = 12.9 Hz,

1H), 5.77 (m, 1H), 5.59 (d, J = 0.96 Hz, 1H), 5.55, (m, 1H), 5.37 (d, J = 1.59 Hz, 1H),

3.69 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 3.02 (ddd, J = 14.0, 10.5, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (dd, J = 16.6,

9.2 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (dd, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.08 (dd, J = 16.6, 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.02 (m,

2H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.76 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 175.1, 165.5, 149.0,

N

O

O

H

Br

H

NO

HO

O

Br

(F3CH2CO)2P O

OMe

OK

18-Crown-6, THF,-78 °C, 1 h 66%

Page 61: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

49

133.2, 127.9, 125.8, 122.4, 117.2, 65.4, 51.9, 39.6, 39.1, 39.0, 37.1, 28.3, 27.1, 20.9. IR

(thin film): 3025, 2927, 1726, 1688 cm-1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C17H23NO3Br [M+H]+:

368.0861. Found: 368.0872.

E-Dienoate S1-1: To vinyl bromide 1-84 (6.70 g, 18.2 mmol) was added sodium

formate (1.48 g, 21.8 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (11.7 g, 36.4

mmol). The flask was evacuated and backfilled with argon, twice. To this was

added MeCN (182 mL) followed by TEA (5.6 mL, 40.0 mmol, 2.2 equiv.). The

mixture was degassed by three freeze-pump-thaw iterations. The mixture was

heated to 85 °C. A suspension of Hermann’s catalyst (1.71 g, 1.82 mmol) in

MeCN (180 mL, degassed by three freeze-pump-thaw iterations) was added over

8 h via syringe pump to the reaction mixture. After 16 h, the reaction mixture

was cooled to rt. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (500 mL), filtered through

a plug of silica gel, concentrated in vacuo to give E-dienoate S1-1, which was used

without further purification.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.82 (s, 1H), 5.78 (m, 1H), 5.46 (br. d, J = 10.0 Hz,

1H), 4.95 (d, J = 0.97 Hz, 1H), 4.79 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (ddd, J = 14.1, 5.1, 5.1

Hz, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.77 (ddd, J = 13.7, 9.4, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (dd, J

= 16.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.25 (ddd, J = 14.1, 9.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.1-1.75 (m,

7H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 174.4, 166.8, 147.7, 128.3, 126.4, 117.1, 114.2,

PdP

Ar Ar

Ar = o-CH3C6H4

O OPdOO

PAr Ar

NaOCOH, Bu4NBr, Et3N, MeCN, 85 °C, 24 h

NO

HO

O

Br

NO

H

OO

Page 62: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

50

67.0, 51.3, 41.1, 39.4, 37.3, 33.9, 29.9, 26.7, 20.9. IR (thin film): 2936, 1727, 1691 cm-1.

HRMS (ES) calc. for C17H22NO3 [M+H]+: 288.1600. Found: 288.1603.

E-Dienoic acid 1-83: To a solution of the crude ester S1-1 (18.2 mmol) in

THF/MeOH/H2O (180 mL, 1:1:1) at 0 °C was added LiOH (3.82 g, 90.9 mmol).

The mixture was warmed to rt. After 3 h at rt, the volatiles were removed in

vacuo. The aqueous residue was extracted three times with CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The

aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 (2 MHCl) and extracted three times with

EtOAc (100 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo to give 3.23 g (65% over two steps) of acid 1-83.

1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 12.2 (s, 1H), 5.88 (s, 1H), 5.75 (br. d, J = 9.6 Hz,

1H), 5.44 (br. d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (s, 1H), 4.77 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (app. t, J

= 18.2, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.38 (m, 2H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.79 (d, J

= 16.2 Hz, 2H), 1.63 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 173.3, 167.6, 163.4,

148.4, 129.0, 126.0, 118.8, 113.6, 66.2, 41.4, 36.7, 33.7, 29.3, 26.9, 20.5. IR (thin film):

2936, 1731, 1681 cm-1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C16H20NO3 [M+H]+: 274.1443. Found:

274.1421.

NO

H

HOO

NO

H

OO

LiOH, THF, MeOH, H2O, rt, 3 h 65% (2 Steps)

Page 63: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

51

Tetracyclic lactone 1-82: A solution of acid 1-83 (3.07 g, 11.2 mmol) in toluene

(750 mL) was heated at reflux for 12 h and then concentrated in vacuo.

Purification of the crude oil by flash column chromatography (100% EtOAc)

provided 2.46 g (80%) of lactone 1-82.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.81 (dd, J = 9.7, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (br. d, J = 10.2 Hz,

1H), 4.70 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (d, J = 15.4 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (ddd, J = 14.2, 10.8, 8.5

Hz, 1H), 3.06 (d, J = 18.0 Hz, 1H), 2.97-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.8 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.58

(dd, J = 16.6, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (t, J = 14.9 Hz, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 7H). 13C NMR (75

MHz, CDCl3): δ 174.7, 170.1, 133.6, 131.7, 127.7, 126.8, 72.1, 67.7, 36.8, 36.3, 35.4,

33.3, 27.3, 26.8, 26.6, 20.2. IR (thin film): 2932, 1744, 1682 cm-1. HRMS (ES) calc. for

C16H20NO3 [M+H]+: 274.1443. Found: 274.1434.

Orthoester 1-93: To a solution of lactone 1-82 (1.00 g, 3.66 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (36

mL) at 0 °C was added ethylene glycol (21 mL, 366 mmol), CH(CH3)3 (4.22 mL,

36.6 mmol) and 10-camphorsulfonic acid (850 mg, 3.66 mmol). The mixture was

warmed to rt. After 12 h, Et3N (1 mL, 7.17 mmol) was added, and the CH2Cl2

removed in vacuo. The residue was taken up in EtOAc (100 mL) and washed

three times with H2O (100 mL), once with brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered

NO

H

HOO

NO

H

OO

toluene,110 °C,12 h

80%

NO

H

OO

NO

H

O

O

O

CH(OMe)3, CSAHOCH2CH2OH,rt, 12 h

78%

Page 64: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

52

and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by trituration (Et2O) gave 902 mg (78%) of

the orthoester 1-93.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.77 (dd, J = 10.6, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (d, J = 10.2 Hz,

1H), 4.25-3.98 (m, 7H), 2.94 (ddd, J = 13.9, 7.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H),

2.64 (dd, J = 16.3, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.55 (app. dq, J = 16.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (app. dq, J

= 16.2, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 2.11-1.90 (m, 7H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 1.61 (dd, J = 16.1, 6.2 Hz, 1H).

13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 174.9, 131.8, 129.3, 128.1, 126.7, 118.3, 68.3, 64.4, 64.2,

37.3, 36.5, 35.1, 32.9, 26.8, 26.7, 25.4, 20.7. IR (thin film): 2927, 1686 cm-1. HRMS

(ES) calc. for C18H24NO4 [M+H]+: 318.1705. Found: 318.1699.

Conjugated diene 1-81: To a solution of lactam 1-93 (300 mg, 0.945 mmol) in THF

(19 mL) at –78 °C was added n-BuLi (2.5 Min hexanes, 1.5 mL, 3.78 mmol)

dropwise. The mixture was stirred for an additional 0.75 h at –78 °C, then a

solution of (PhSe)2 (885 mg, 2.84 mmol) in THF (9.5 mL) was added rapidly.

After one hour at –78 °C, AcOH (0.227 mL, 3.67 mmol) was added to the mixture.

After warming to rt the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL) and

washed with KHPO4 (100 mL), H2O (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO4),

filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude selenide was used without further

purification.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.73 (dd, J = 5.8, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 5.78 (br.

d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (br. d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.33-4.02 (m, 7H), 3.50 ( s, 1H), 3.13

NO

O

O

O

NO

H

O

O

O

1. nBuLi, THF, -78 °C, 0.75 h; PhSeSePh, 1 h2. H2O2, pyridine, CH2Cl2, 0 °C, 1 h

81% (2 steps)

Page 65: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

53

(br. s, 1H), 2.96 (dd, J = 13.9, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (dd, J = 16.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (m,

2H), 2.07-1.80 (m, 6H), 1.63 (dd, J = 15.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3):

δ 174.6, 133.3, 133.0, 131.5, 131.3, 129.2, 129.1, 127.5, 126.8, 118.3, 68.4, 67.4, 64.5,

64.1, 46.2, 43.8, 37.4, 32.9, 27.3, 27.0, 25.1, 20.6. IR (thin film): 2913, 1685 cm-1.

HRMS (ES) calc. for C24H28NO4Se [M+H]+: 474.1184. Found: 474.1182.

To a solution of the crude selenide (0.945 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (9 mL) at 0 °C was

added sequentially, pyridine (0.322 mL, 3.96 mmol) and H2O2 (50%, 0.316 mL,

5.48 mmol). Stirring was continued for one hour at 0 °C. The mixture was then

poured into saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL) and extracted three times with CH2Cl2

(50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (50à100%

EtOAc/Hex) provided 240 mg (81% over two steps) of diene 1-81.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.57 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.11 (m, 1H), 5.80 (s,

1H), 4.46 (dt, J = 10.6, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.17-3.97 (m, 6H), 3.20 (ddd, J = 14.5, 12.1, 2.5

Hz, 1H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.74 (app. dq, J = 17.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.61 (t, J = 14.5 Hz, 1H),

2.40 (m, 2H), 2.17 (dd, J = 17.2, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 1.85 (dd, J = 15.3, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 1.74 (m,

1H), 1.7-1.5 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 169.4, 158.1, 135.6, 132.2, 127.3,

118.6, 117.8, 68.7, 67.8, 64.2, 40.6, 36.5, 33.0, 28.4, 25.3, 24.2. IR (thin film): 2920,

1674 cm-1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C18H22NO4 [M+H]+: 316.1549. Found: 316.1544.

Page 66: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

54

Deconjugated diene 1-94: To a solution of DIPA (0.126 mL, 0.906 mmol) in THF

(4.5 mL) at –78 °C was added dropwise n-BuLi (2.5 Min hexanes, 0.346 mL, 0.865

mmol). After stirring for 0.5 h at –78 °C, HMPA (0.717 mL, 4.12 mmol) was

added dropwise and stirring was continued for one hour at that temperature. To

this mixture was added dropwise a solution of diene 1-81 (130 mg, 0.412 mmol)

in THF (4.1 mL). After 2.5 h at –78 °C, glacial acetic acid (0.236 mL, 4.12 mmol)

was added followed by a half saturated NH4Cl solution (10 mL). After warming

to rt the reaction mixture was extracted three times with EtOAc (15 mL), dried

(MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column

chromatography (60à80% EtOAc/Hex) provided 125 mg (96%) of the

deconjugated diene 1-94.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.95 (m, 1H), 5.91 (m, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 4.29 (dt, J =

14.0, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.14 (d, J = 19.9 Hz, 1H),

2.93 (m, 2H), 2.83 (dd, J = 16.8, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 2.56 (m, 2H),

2.06 (m, 1H), 1.97 (m, 1H), 1.77 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 172.5, 132.8,

130.8, 124.4, 124.3, 118.3, 118.2, 67.8, 65.7, 64.1, 64.0, 38.6, 36.8, 35.8, 33.5, 33.2, 27.4,

26.1. IR (thin film): 2920, 1693, 1672 cm-1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C18H22NO4 [M+H]+:

316.1549. Found: 316.1545.

NO

O

O

O

NO

O

O

O

LDA, HMPA,THF, -78 °C, 2.5 h; AcOH 96%

Page 67: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

55

Diol 1-96: A solution of deconjugated diene 1-94 (161 mg, 0.511 mmol) and rose

bengal (10 mg, 0.01 mmol) in a Pyrex reaction vessel was cooled to 0 °C. An

oxygen sparge was established and the solution irradiated with a GE 275 Watt

sun lamp for 2 h. After warming to rt the reaction mixture was concentrated in

vacuo. The crude endoperoxide 1-95 was used without further purification.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.79 (m, 2H), 4.81 (dt, J = 5.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33

(ddd, J = 13.9, 10.7, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.08-3.97 (m, 5H), 3.16 (ddd, J =

13.7, 5.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 2.62 (dd, J = 14.4, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 2.36

(d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (dd, J = 16.9, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 2.17 (d, J = 16.9 Hz, 1H), 2.05

(m, 1H), 1.92-1.77 (m, 3H), 1.65 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 172.5, 134.8,

131.7, 130.7, 129.6, 117.4, 82.1, 69.9, 67.9, 67.4, 64.4, 63.9, 38.8, 31.1, 26.9, 25.6. IR

(thin film): 2933, 1693 cm-1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C18H22NO6 [M+H]+: 348.1447.

Found: 348.1432.

To a solution of the crude endoperoxide 1-95 in MeOH (5 mL) was added

thiourea (58.0 mg, 0.767 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h.

Concentration of the reaction mixture and purification by flash column

chromatography (100% EtOAc) gave 126 mg (70%) of diol 1-96.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.32 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 5.89 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.29

(m, 2H), 4.16-3.93 (m, 6H), 3.10 (br. s, 1H), 2.67 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, 1H), 2.51 (m, 2H),

2.35 (m, 2H), 2.06 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 1H), 1.83 (dd, J = 15.0, 4.2, 1H), 1.65 (m, 1H),

NO

O

O

O

N

O

O

O

O

OH

HON

O

O

O

O

OO1O2, hν,rose bengal,

acetone, 0 oC, 2 h;

H2N NH2

S

MeOH, rt,12h, 70%

Page 68: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

56

1.51 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 173.8, 135.1, 134.3, 130.9, 129.1, 117.4,

74.1, 72.4, 68.6, 66.2, 64.5, 63.9, 41.7, 41.0, 40.0, 34.3, 28.9, 24.8. IR (thin film): 3405,

2917, 1665 cm-1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C18H24NO6 [M+H]+: 350.1604. Found:

350.1615.

Silyl ether 1-97: To a solution of diol 1-96 (40.0 mg, 0.114 mmol) in MeCN (4.6

mL) was added N-t-butyldimethylsilyl-N-methyltrifuoroacetamide (0.531 mL,

2.28 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h. Concentration of the reaction

mixture and purification by flash column chromatography (100% EtOAc) gave 37

mg (70%) of the silyl ether 1-97.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.32 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H),

4.37-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.12-3.90 (m, 6H), 2.97 (dd, J = 11.4, 11.4 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (dd, J =

11.3, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, 1H), 2.58-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.30 (m, 2H),

2.21 (s, 1H), 2.09 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 1.62 (m, 1H), 1.51

(m, 1H), 0.88 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 6H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 172.8, 135.5, 134.0,

131.2, 129.4, 117.4, 74.0, 71.8, 68.6, 67.0, 64.4, 63.9, 41.4, 40.7, 39.6, 34.8, 28.9, 25.7,

24.6, 18.1, -4.65, -4.69. IR (thin film): 3392, 2929, 1682 cm-1. HRMS (ES) calc. for

C24H38NO6Si [M+H]+: 464.2468. Found: 464.2459.

N

O

O

O

O

OH

HON

O

O

O

O

OH

TBSO

F3C

O

N TBS

MeCN,rt, 12 h 65%

Page 69: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

57

Acetate S1-2: To a solution of silyl ether 1-97 (8.0 mg, 0.017 mmol) in CH2Cl2

(0.345 mL) at 0 °C was added sequentially Et3N (0.048 mL, 0.35 mmol), DMAP

(11.0 mg, 0.086 mmol) and Ac2O (0.016 mL, 0.17 mmol). The mixture was

warmed to rt. After 36 h, CH2Cl2 (3 mL) was added to the mixture. The combined

organic extracts were washed five times with H2O (3 mL), once with brine (3

mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash

column chromatography (75% EtOAc/Hex) provided 8.5 mg (97%) of the acetate

S1-2.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.59 (dd, J = 10.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.73 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.8

Hz, 1H), 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.11 (m, 3H), 3.98 (m, 3H), 3.03 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 1H), 2.96 (d,

J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 2.44 (dd, J = 11.2, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 2.05 (d,

J = 16.3 Hz, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.85 (dd, J = 15.6, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 1.67 (br. d, J = 10.8

Hz, 1H), 1.6-1.5 (m, 2H), 0.89 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 6H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ

171.7, 169.4, 135.3, 134.4, 130.6, 127.0, 117.3, 82.7, 72.1, 68.7, 66.8, 64.6, 64.0, 40.7,

40.1, 39.0, 34.4, 29.0, 25.8, 24.6, 22.1, 18.0, -4.4, -4.5. IR (thin film): 2930, 2856, 1737,

1700 cm–1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C26H40NO7Si [M+H]+: 506.2574. Found: 506.2584.

N

O

O

O

O

OH

TBSON

O

O

O

O

OAc

TBSOAc2O, Et3N,DMAP, CH2Cl2,rt, 36 h

97%

Page 70: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

58

Diene lactam 1-99: To a solution of acetate S1-2 (8.0 mg, 0.016 mmol) in PhH

(0.317 mL) was added DBU (0.003 mL, 0.02 mmol), the reaction mixture was

heated to 80 °C. After 24 h, the reaction was cooled to rt and concentrated in

vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (100% EtOAcà5%

MeOH/EtOAc) provided 5.8 mg (82%) of diene lactam 1-99.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.53 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.00 (d, J = 10.0 Hz,

1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 4.45 (br. d, J = 14.1 Hz, 1H), 4.1-3.9 (m, 6H), 3.4-

3.15 (m, 2H), 3.11 (dd, J = 11.2, 4.63 Hz, 1H), 2.08 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.7 (m, 2H), 1.1

(ddd, J = 19.1, 7.1, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 0.89 (s, 9H), 0.09 (s, 6H). 13C NMR (75 MHz,

CDCl3): δ 169.1, 157.4, 140.1, 132.9, 127.0, 122.8, 119.6, 117.7, 69.8, 67.8, 67.0, 64.2,

64.1, 43.9, 40.7, 36.0, 28.3, 25.7, 25.2, 18.1, -4.7, -4.8. IR (thin film): 2929, 2856, 1682

cm–1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C24H36NO5Si [M+H]+: 446.2363. Found: 446.2347.

Lactam 1-100: To a solution of diene 1-99 (73.0 mg, 0.164 mmol) in THF (3.3 mL)

at –78 °C was added L-Selectride (1 Min THF, 0.328 µL, 0.328 mmol). After 3

hours at that temperature, the reaction mixture was warmed to 0 °C and stirred

for 2 hours. The mixture was then cooled to –78 °C, AcOH (0.047 mL, 0.82 mmol)

was added, and warmed to rt. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (10

NO

O

O

O

TBSON

O

O

O

O

OAc

TBSODBU, benzene,80 °C, 24 h 82%

NO

O

O

O

TBSON

O

O

O

O

TBSOL-Selectride,THF, -78 oC to 0 oC, 5 h;AcOH, rt

83%

Page 71: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

59

mL) and washed with NaHCO3 (5 mL), H2O (5 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (80%

EtOAc/Hex) provided 61 mg (83%) of lactam 1-100.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.59 (br. s, 1H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 4.17-3.93 (m, 7H),

3.09-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.79 (d, J = 18.6 Hz, 1H), 2.66 (dd, J = 10.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.55-2.38

(m, 2H), 2.33 (br. s, 2H), 2.11-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.87 (dd, J = 15.1, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.74 (br.

d, J = 14.0 Hz, 1H), 1.58 (dd, J = 11.5, 11.5 Hz, 2H), 0.88 (s, 9H), 0.05 (s, 6H). 13C

NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 171.4, 133.2, 132.5,131.2, 121.6, 118.0, 68.3, 68.1, 64.9,

64.4, 63.9, 41.5, 40.5, 36.7, 36.1, 35.5, 28.4, 25.8, 25.7, 18.2, -5.0, -5.1. IR (thin film):

2928, 1707, 1688 cm–1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C24H38NO5Si [M+H]+: 448.2519. Found:

448.2501.

Amine S1-3: To a solution of lactam 1-100 (40.0 mg, 0.089 mmol) in THF (1.8 mL)

at 0 °C was added AlH3•EtNMe2 (0.5 M in toluene, 0.232 mL, 0.116 mmol). After

45 minutes at 0 °C, H2O/THF/Et3N (1:1:0.25, mL) were added to quench the

reaction. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), and the resulting

layers were separated. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (40%

EtOAc/Hex) provided 27 mg (70%) of the amine S1-3.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.37 (br. s, 1H), 4.2-3.9 (m, 7H), 3.41 (dd, J = 14.2,

14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (br. d, J = 23.3 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (app. dt, J = 8.4, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.79

NO

O

O

O

TBSON

O

O

O

TBSOAlH3•NEt(Me)2,THF,0 °C, 0.75 h 70%

Page 72: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

60

(dd, J = 8.5, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (dd, J = 10.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.55-2.2 (m, 6H), 2.1-1.98

(m, 1H), 1.87-1.68 (m, 3H), 1.51 (dd, J = 11.4, 11.4 Hz, 1H), 1.4-1.25 (m, 2H), 0.88

(s, 9H), 0.05 (s, 6H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 141.0, 131.7, 130.5, 118.4, 117.4,

68.2, 66.0, 64.3, 63.8, 49.7, 47.0, 43.1, 36.9, 35.9, 29.7, 29.3, 28.3, 25.9, 20.7, 18.2, -4.9,

-5.1. IR (thin film): 2925, 2854, 1708, 1688 cm–1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C24H40NO4Si

[M+H]+: 434.2727. Found: 434.2711.

Isophellibiline (1-8): To a solution of amine S1-3 (27.0 mg, 0.062 mmol) in THF

(0.900 mL) was added aqueous HCl (1 Min water, 0.250 mL, 0.249 mmol). After

1.75 h at rt, EtOAc (3 mL) was added to the mixture. The resulting layers were

separated and the aqueous layer was extracted two times with EtOAc (3 mL),

washed once with NaHCO3 (5 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in

vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (0à10% MeOH/CH2Cl2)

provided 15.0 mg (90%) of isophellibiline (1-8).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.49 (s, 1H), 4.78 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (d, J =

15.5 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.40 (app. t, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H) 3.20 (d, J = 15.0 Hz, 1H),

3.00 (m, 2H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.43 (br. m, 5H), 2.22 (m, 2H), 2.05 (dd, J = 11.8,

3.8 Hz, 2H), 1.82 (app. dt, J = 13.5, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.65 (app. t, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 1.43

(d, J = 12.7 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 170.4, 140.6, 132.1, 132.0, 117.6,

72.6, 67.9, 65.4, 48.9, 46.5, 42.1, 35.7, 35.2, 30.8, 27.7, 20.6. IR (thin film): 3401, 2922,

N

O

O

O

TBSON

O

HO

O

isophellibiline

HCl, H2O,THF, rt,1.75 h

90%

Page 73: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

61

2852, 1738 cm–1. HRMS (ES) calc. for C16H22NO3 [M+H]+: 276.1600. Found:

276.1580.

Acid S1-4: To a solution of ester 1-11863 (353 mg, 1.13 mmol) in

THF/MeOH/H2O (1:1:1, 11.3 mL) was added LiOH-H2O (238 mg, 5.67 mmol).

After 2 hours at rt, a 10% KHSO4 solution (10 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL) were

added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting layers were separated, and the

aqueous layer was extracted twice with EtOAc (10 mL). The combined organic

extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 303 mg

(95%) of S1-4 as a brown foamy solid.

1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.84 (d, J = 10.3 Hz, 1H), 6.03 (d, J = 10.5 Hz, 1H),

4.60 (dd, J = 5.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (dd, J = 11.7, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (dd, J = 16.7, 6.4

Hz, 1H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.22 (m, 1H), 1.49 (s, 9H).

Lactone 1-119: To a solution of acid S1-4 (10.0 g, 34.8 mmol) in THF (140 mL) at 0

°C was added Et3N (5.34 mL, 38.3 mmol). After 0.5 hours at 0 °C, ethyl

chloroformate (3.66 mL, 38.3 mmol) was added to the mixture. The mixture was

warmed slowly to rt. After 12 hours, EtOAc (300 mL) was added to the mixture.

The combined organic extracts were washed once with a saturated NaHCO3

solution (100 mL), once with water (100 mL), once with brine (100 mL), dried

NO

OH

BocH

CO2Me

LiOH, H2O,MeOH, THFrt, 2 h

95% NO

OH

BocH

CO2H

NO

OH

BocH

CO2HNO

O

BocH

OEt3N, THF, 0 oC, 1 h; ClCO2Et,rt, 12 h

96%

Page 74: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

62

(MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The brown residue was triturated

thrice with Et2O to yield 9.33 g (96%) of 1-119 as a white solid.

1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.99 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H),

4.69 (br. s, 1H), 4.03 (br. s, 1H), 3.36 (br. d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 2.39 (m, 2H), 2.28 (dd, J

= 11.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 1.48 (s, 9H).

Acid 1-120: To a suspension of zinc (3.00 g, 46.1 mmol) in THF (6.6 mL) was

added dibromo ethane (0.060 mL, 0.692 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux

for one minute. After cooling the mixture to rt, TMSCl (0.070 mL, 0.553 mmol)

was added to the mixture. After 0.25 h at rt, a solution of lactone 1-119 (1.30 g,

4.61 mmol) in THF/AcOH (1:1, 62 mL) was added slowly. After 24 h at rt, the

mixture was filtered (cotton plug), and diluted with EtOAc (300 mL). The

combined organic extracts were washed five times with water (100 mL), once

with brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude

oil was purified by flash column chromatography (25% EtOAc/Hex) to give 779

mg (60%) of 1-120.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.77 (br. s, 1H), 4.52–4.45 (m, 2H), 3.56 (dd, J = 15.7,

4.7 Hz, 0.5H), 3.33 (dd, J = 15.7, 4.8 Hz, 0.5H), 3.02 (m, 1H), 2.85–2.73 (m, 2H), 2.24

(m, 1H), 1.48 (s, 5H), 1.42 (s, 4H).

Zn, BrCH2CH2Br,TMSCl, AcOH,THF, rt, 16 h

60%NOBocH

CO2H

NO

O

BocH

O

Page 75: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

63

N-Boc amine 1-121: To a solution of acid 1-120 (795 mg, 2.83 mmol) in benzene

(57 mL) was added 2-mercaptopyridine N-oxide (431 mg, 3.39 mmol), N,N’-

dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (875 mg, 4.24 mmol), and DMAP (518 mg, 4.24 mmol).

The mixture was heated to reflux for 2 hours. To the refluxing mixture was

added a mixture of AIBN (93 mg, 0.565 mmol) and freshly distilled tributyltin

hydride (2.28 mL, 8.48 mmol) in benzene (28 mL). After 3 hours at reflux, the

mixture was cooled to rt, and Et2O (100 mL) was added to the mixture. The

mixture was filtered (cotton plug) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was

purified by flash column chromatography (100% Hexà10% EtOAc/Hex) to give

401 mg (60%) of 1-121.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.74 (m 1H), 4.33 (br. s, 1H), 3.86 (br. s, 1H), 3.27

(dd, J = 17.7, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (br. s, 1H), 2.98–2.75 (m, 2H), 2.69–2.55 (m, 1H),

2.55–2.45 (m, 1H), 2.21 (t, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 1.47 (s, 9H). IR (thin film): 2974, 2929,

1700, 1697 cm–1.

Alcohol 1-122: To a solution of ketone 1-121 (799 mg, 3.37 mmol) in MeOH (34

mL) at 0 °C was added NaBH4 (128 mg, 3.37 mmol). After 1.5 h at 0 °C, water (50

mL) and EtOAc (100 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting

NOBocH

NO

SH , DCC, DMAP, PhH, 80 oC, 2 h;

Bu3SnH, AIBN,80 oC, 3 h 60%

NOBocH

CO2H

NHOBocH

NaBH3, MeOH,rt, 30 min

90%NOBocH

Page 76: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

64

layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with EtOAc (50

mL). The combined organic extracts were washed once with brine (50 mL), dried

(MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 725 mg (90%) of 1-122.

1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.51 (m, 1H), 4.00 (br. s, 2H), 3.71 (br. s, 1H), 3.15

(ddd, J = 17.6, 10.9, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 2.95–2.61 (br. s, 1H), 2.51–2.28 (m, 3H), 1.99 (m,

1H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.25 (dd, J = 9.3, 7.2 Hz, 1H). IR (thin film): 3400, 2928, 1670 cm–1.

Amine 1-123: To a solution of carbamate 1-122 (55.0 mg, 0.230 mmol) in CH2Cl2

(2.3 mL) at 0 °C was added TFA (0.460 mL) dropwise. After 1 hour at 0 °C, the

mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude TFA salt was dissolved in a K2CO3

solution (2 Min water, 2 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted three times with

EtOAc (5 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo to give 25.0 mg (78%) of 1-123.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.49 (s, 1H), 3.98 (br. s, 1H), 3.88 (br. s, 2H), 3.47 (br.

s, 1H), 3.22 (m, 1H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.52–2.30 (m, 4H), 2.03 (m, 1H), 1.42 (dt, J =

22.0, 11.0 Hz, 1H).

N-Methyl amine 1-124: To a solution of carbamate 1-122 (41.0 mg, 171 mmol) in

Et2O (1.7 mL) at 0 °C was added LiAlH4 (39.0 mg, 1.03 mmol). After warming

slowly to rt, the mixture was heated to reflux. After 15 h at reflux, the mixture

TFA, DCM,0 oC, 1h;K2CO3 (aq)

78%NHOHH

NHOBocH

NHOMeH

LAH, Et2O,35 oC, 15 h

60%NHOBocH

Page 77: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

65

was cooled to 0 °C. To the cooled mixture was added sequentially: (1) water

(0.040 mL), (2) NaOH (4 Min water, 0.080 mL), and (3) water (0.120 mL). The

resulting suspension was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 16.0 mg (60%)

of 1-124 as a white solid.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.36 (s, 1H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.13 (t, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H),

2.47 (m, 2H), 2.38 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.32–2.14 (m, 2H), 2.05–1.83 (m, 2H), 1.32

(dd, J = 21.3, 11.1 Hz, 1H).

Methyl ether 1-125: To a solution of alcohol 1-122 (440 mg, 1.84 mmol) in DMF

(18 mL) at 0 °C was added NaH (60% in mineral oil, 368 mg, 9.20 mmol). After 15

minutes at 0 °C, MeI (0.286 mL, 4.60 mmol) was added to the mixture. After 1 h,

water (20 mL) and Et2O (80 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The

resulting layers were separated, and the combined organic extracts were washed

four times with water (20 mL), once with brine (20 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered

and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (10% EtOAc/Hex) to give 373 mg (80%) of 1-125.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.51 (s, 1H), 3.96 (br. s, 1H), 3.71 (br. s, 1H), 3.52 (m,

1H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.15 (ddd, J = 17.5, 10.8, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.60–2.32 (m, 2H), 2.31 (dd,

J = 13.6, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 1.98 (m, 1H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.13 (m, 1H).

NaH, DMF,0 oC, 15 min;MeI, 0 oC, 1 h

80%NOBocH

NHOBocH

Page 78: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

66

Amine 1-126: To a solution of carbamate 1-125 (33.0 mg, 0.130 mmol) in CH2Cl2

(2.6 mL) at 0 °C was added trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) (0.261 mL) dropwise. After

1 hour at 0 °C, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude TFA salt was

dissolved in a K2CO3 solution (2 Min water, 2 mL). The aqueous layer was

extracted three times with EtOAc (5 mL). The combined organic extracts were

dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 10.0 mg (50%) of 1-126.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.53 (s, 1H), 3.53 (br. s, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.27 (br. s,

1H), 3.12 (br. s, 1H), 2.50 (m, 4h), 2.02 (m, 1H), 1.36 (dd, J = 22.2, 11.1 Hz, 1H).

N-Methyl amine 1-127: To a solution of carbamate 1-125 (20.0 mg, 0.079 mmol) in

Et2O (1.6 mL) at 0 °C was added LiAlH4 (30.0 mg, 0.789 mmol). After warming

slowly to rt, the mixture was heated to reflux. After 15 h at reflux, the mixture

was cooled to 0 °C. To the cooled mixture was added sequentially: (1) water

(0.030 mL), (2) NaOH (4 Min water, 0.060 mL), and (3) water (0.090 mL). The

resulting suspension was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 8.6 mg (65%)

of 1-127.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.37 (s, 1H), 3.51 (m, 1H), 3.39 (s, 1H), 2.36 (m, 1H),

2.52–2.28 (m, 8H), 2.18 (m, 2H), 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.18 (dd, J = 22.0, 10.4 Hz, 1H).

NOHH

TFA, DCM,0 oC, 1h;K2CO3 (aq)

50%NOBocH

NOMeH

NOBocH

LAH, Et2O,35 oC, 15 h

65%

Page 79: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

67

Bromolactone 1-129: To a mixture of trans-dibromides 1-12865 (1.65 g, 5.54 mmol)

in THF (2.2 mL) and water (28 mL) was added NaHCO3 (2.33 g, 27.7 mmol).

After 16 h at rt, Et2O (50 mL) was added to the mixture. The resulting layers were

separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with Et2O (30 mL). The

combined organic extracts were washed once with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4),

filtered and concentrated in vacuo. This gave 649 mg (54%) of 1-129 that was

taken on without further purification.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.78 (br. d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 5.65 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H),

4.84 (br.s, 1H), 4.38 (s, 1H), 2.65 (ddd, J = 19.1, 2.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.53 (br. s, J = 19.1

Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 175.9, 130.7, 127.2, 80.5, 77.4,

58.0, 47.5, 32.7, 17.5. IR (thin film): 3004, 1785 cm–1.

Lactone 1-130: To a solution of bromide 1-129 (394 mg, 1.82 mmol) in benzene (9

mL) was added Bu3SnH (0.610 mL, 2.27 mmol) and AIBN (15.0 mg, 0.091 mmol).

The mixture was warmed to 85 °C. After 3 h at 85 °C, the mixture was

concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (100% Hex à 25% Et2O/Hex) to give 239 mg (95%) of 1-130.

1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.73 (app. t, J = 10.7 Hz, 2H), 4.82 (s, 1H), 2.45 (s,

2H), 2.25 (dd, J = 10.9, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 1.96 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 1H), 1.36 (s, 3H). 13C NMR

BrO

O

O

OHBr

Br

NaHCO3,H2O, THF,rt, 16 h 54%

BrO

OO

O

Bu3SnH,AIBN, PhH85 oC, 3 h

95%

Page 80: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

68

(75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 179.0, 132.9, 126.2, 74.1, 41.0, 39.7, 31.3, 18.2. IR (thin film):

2973, 1774 cm–1.

Amide 1-131: A Parr reactor containing solution of lactone 1-130 (408 mg, 2.95

mmol) in iPrOH (29 mL) was charged with NH3 (g) (100 psi). After 5 days at rt,

the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 407 mg (89%) of 1-131 that was

taken on without further purification.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.2-6.0 (br. d, 0.74H), 5.73 (m, 1H), 5.61 (d, J = 10.1

Hz, 1H), 4.00 (s, 1H), 2.96 (s, 2H), 2.25 (d, J = 17.9 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (dd, J = 13.4, 7.2

Hz, 1H), 2.02 (d, J = 17.8 Hz, 1H), 1.65 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 1H), 1.21 (s, 3H). 13C NMR

(75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 180.9, 129.9, 126.5, 63.9, 42.8, 40.4, 33.0, 26.4. IR (thin film):

3346, 2947, 1643 cm–1.

Carbamate 1-132: To a solution of amide 1-131 (1.00 g, 6.44 mmol) in DMF (130

mL) was added Pb(OAc)4 (4.29 g, 9.67 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 90 °C.

After 2 h at 90 °C, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (250 mL). The combined

organic extracts were washed five times with water (100 mL), once with brine

(100 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was

purified by flash column chromatography (70% EtOAc/Hexà100% EtOAc) to

give 621 mg (63%) of 1-132.

OO

HO NH2O

NH3 (100psi),iPrOH, rt, 6 d

89%

HO NH2O

Pb(OAc)4,DMF,90 oC, 2 h

63%O NH

O

Page 81: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

69

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.21 (br. s, 1H), 5.73 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 5.60 (d, J =

9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (s, 1H), 2.50 (d, J = 19.1 Hz, 1H), 2.30 (dd, J = 19.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H),

2.00 (dd, J = 12.6, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.29 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75

MHz, CDCl3): δ 155.4, 134.5, 123.7, 72.6, 46.8, 34.5, 33.3, 25.8. IR (thin film): 3228,

2968, 1714 cm–1.

Amine 1-133: Carbamate 1-132 (44.0 mg, 0.287 mmol) was taken up in a solution

of potassium hydroxide in water (3M, 4.8 mL, 14.4 mmol). The mixture was

heated to reflux. After 36 h at reflux, the mixture was cooled to rt. The aqueous

layer was extracted three times with 10% iPrOH/CH2Cl2 (10 mL). The combined

organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give

21.0 mg (57%) of 1-133.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.64 (ddd, J = 10.0, 3.6, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (d, J = 10.8

Hz, 1H), 3.10 (br. s, 1H), 2.20 (s, 2H), 1.84 (dd, J = 13.4, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 1.66 (dd, J =

13.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 1.21 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 133.7, 124.7, 65.4, 49.1,

42.0, 34.1, 33.1. IR (thin film): 3340, 3274, 2920 cm–1.

N-Methyl amine 1-134: To a suspension of carbamate 1-132 (35.0 mg, 0.229

mmol) in Et2O (4.6 mL) was added LiAlH4 (87.0 mg, 2.29 mmol). The mixture

O NH

O

HO NH2

KOH, H2O,100 oC, 36 h

57%

O NH

O

HO HN

LAH, Et2O,35 oC, 22 h

56%

Page 82: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

70

was heated to reflux. After 22 h at reflux, the mixture was cooled to 0 °C. To the

cooled mixture was added sequentially: (1) water (0.090 mL), (2) 10% NaOH(aq.)

(0.180 mL), and (3) water (0.270 mL). The resulting suspension was filtered

through celite (EtOAc) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by

flash column chromatography (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2, 1% NH4OH) to give 18.0 mg

(56%) of 1-134.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.71 (m, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.1 (s,

1H), 3.9-2.7 (br. s, 3H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 1.98 (dd, J = 13.6, 5.0 Hz, 1H),

1.47 (dd, J = 13.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 1.15 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 132.0,

126.1, 65.4, 52.2, 38.5, 34.6, 28.2, 26.5. IR (thin film): 3283, 2925 cm–1.

N-Methyl carbamate 1-135: To a solution of carbamate 1-132 (50.0 mg, 0.326

mmol) in DMF (3.3 mL) at 0 °C was added NaH (60% in oil, 26.0 mg, 0.653

mmol). After 2 h at 0 °C, methyl iodide (0.102 mL, 1.63 mmol) was added to the

mixture. The mixture was warmed slowly to rt. After 16 h at rt, a saturated

NH4Cl solution (5 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL) were added sequentially to the

mixture. The resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was

extracted twice with EtOAc (10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed

five times with water (5 mL), once with brine (5 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (2.5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give 42.0 mg (78%) of 1-135.

O NH

O

O N

O

NaH, DMF,0 oC, 2 h;MeI, 16 h

78%

Page 83: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

71

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.94 (ddd, J = 7.6, 2.2, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (dddd, J =

9.8, 3.8, 2.8, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (t, J = 3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.55 (m, 1H), 2.34 (m,

1H), 2.21 (m, 1H), 1.84 (dd, J = 13.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz,

CDCl3): δ 154.8, 132.1, 125.7, 70.5, 50.1, 35.7, 33.7, 29.9, 25.5. IR (thin film): 2955,

1694 cm–1. M.P.: 75-77 °C.

N-Dimethyl amine 1-136: To a solution of methyl carbamate 1-135 (22.0 mg,

0.132 mmol) in Et2O (2.6 mL) was added LiAlH4 (50.0 mg, 1.32 mmol). The

mixture was heated to reflux. After 16 h at reflux, the mixture was cooled to 0 °C.

To the cooled mixture was added sequentially: (1) water (0.050 mL), (2) 10%

NaOH(aq.) (0.100 mL), and (3) water (0.150 mL). The resulting suspension was

filtered through celite (EtOAc) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was

purified by flash column chromatography (3.5% MeOH/CH2Cl2, 1% NH4OH) to

give 15.0 mg (71%) of 1-136.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.68 (m, 1H), 5.60 (dd, J = 10.3, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s,

1H), 2.24 (m, 8H), 1.28 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 1.00 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz,

CDCl3): δ 132.8, 125.5, 65.5, 55.5, 38.1, 35.3, 35.1, 18.9. IR (thin film): 3345, 2933 cm–

1.

O N

O

HO N

LAH, Et2O,35 oC, 16 h

71%

Page 84: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

72

Spectra of Isophellibiline (Authentic and Synthetic)

Page 85: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

73

Page 86: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

74

Page 87: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

75

Page 88: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

76

Page 89: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

77

References

1. (a) Parsons, A. F.; Palframan, M. J. In The Alkaloids: Chemistry and Biology; Geoffrey, A. C., Ed.; Academic Press: 2010; Vol. Volume 68, p 39; (b) Reimann, E. In Progress in the Chemistry of Organic Natural Products; Herz, W., Falk, H., Kirby, G. W., Eds.; Springer Vienna: 2007; Vol. 88, p 1; (c) Tsuda, Y.; Sano, T. In The Alkaloids: Chemistry and Pharmacology; Geoffrey, A. C., Ed.; Academic Press: 1996; Vol. Volume 48, p 249.

2. Pearson, W. H.; Kropf, J. E.; Choy, A. L.; Lee, I. Y.; Kampf, J. W. J. Org. Chem. 2007, 72, 4135.

3. Ramila Devi, M.; Manoharan, A. J. Chem. Pharm. Res. 2011, 3, 707. 4. Lehman, A. J. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 1937, 60, 69. 5. Krukoff, B. A. Brittonia 1939, 3, 205. 6. Majinda, R. R. T.; Wanjala, C. C. W.; Juma, B. F. In Stud. Nat. Prod. Chem.;

Atta-ur-Rahman, Ed.; Elsevier: 2005; Vol. Volume 32, Part L, p 821. 7. (a) Altamirano, F.; Dominguez, M. Gac. Med. Mex. 1877, 12, 77; (b)

Altamirano, F. Gac. Med. Mex. 1888, 23, 369. 8. Folkers, K.; Major, R. T. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1937, 59, 1580. 9. Folkers, K.; Koniuszy, F. R. Dihydrogenated-beta-erythroidine and

processes for the production thereof. U.S. Patent 2,370,651, March 6, 1942. 10. Anon. Acta. Bot. Sinica 1980, 22, 156. 11. Aladesanmi, A. J.; Ilesanmi, O. R. J. Nat. Prod. 1987, 50, 1041. 12. Aladesanmi, A. J.; Adewunmi, C. O.; Kelley, C. J.; Leary, J. D.; Bischoff, T.

A.; Zhang, X. O.; Snyder, J. K. Phytochemistry 1988, 27, 3789. 13. Gerard, P. J.; Ruf, L. D.; Lorimer, S. D.; Heath, A. C. G. New Zeal. J. Agr.

Res. 1997, 40, 261. 14. Barton, D. H. R.; James, R.; Kirby, G. W.; Turner, D. W.; Widdowson, D. A.

J. Chem. Soc. C 1968, 1529. 15. (a) Barton, D. H. R.; Boar, R. B.; Widdowson, D. A. J. Chem. Soc. C 1970,

1213; (b) Barton, D. H. R.; Potter, C. J.; Widdowson, D. A. J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1 1974, 346.

16. Maier, U. H.; Rodl, W.; Deus-Neumann, B.; Zenk, M. H. Phytochemistry 1999, 52, 373.

17. Franck, B.; Teetz, V. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1971, 10, 411. 18. Bick, I. R. C.; Panichanun, S. In Alkaloids: Chemical and Biological

Perspectives; Pelletier, S., Ed.; Springer: Berlin, 1991; Vol. 7. 19. (a) Tsuda, Y.; Ishiura, A.; Hosoi, S.; Isobe, K. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1992, 40,

1697; (b) Sano, T.; Toda, J.; Shoda, M.; Yamamoto, R.; Ando, H.; Isobe, K.; Hosoi, S.; Tsuda, Y. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1992, 40, 3145; (c) Mohri, K.; Isobe, K.; Maeda, M.; Takeda, T.; Ohkubo, R.; Tsuda, Y. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1998, 46, 1872; (d) Kawasaki, T.; Onoda, N.; Watanabe, H.; Kitahara, T. Tetrahedron Lett. 2001, 42, 8003; (e) Fukumoto, H.; Takahashi, K.; Ishihara,

Page 90: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

78

J.; Hatakeyama, S. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2006, 45, 2731; (f) He, Y.; Funk, R. L. Org. Lett. 2006, 8, 3689.

20. (a) Tsuda, Y.; Murata, M.; Hosoi, S.; Ikeda, M.; Sano, T. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1996, 44, 515; (b) Tsuda, Y.; Hosoi, S.; Murata, M. Heterocycles 1990, 30, 311; (c) Tsuda, Y.; Ohshima, T.; Hosoi, S.; Kaneuchi, S.; Kiuchi, F.; Toda, J.; Sano, T. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1996, 44, 500; (d) Tsuda, Y.; Hosoi, S.; Ohshima, T.; Kaneuchi, S.; Murata, M.; Kiuchi, F.; Toda, J.; Sano, T. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1985, 33, 3574; (e) Chikaoka, S.; Toyao, A.; Ogasawara, M.; Tamura, O.; Ishibashi, H. J. Org. Chem. 2003, 68, 312; (f) Toda, J.; Niimura, Y.; Takeda, K.; Sano, T.; Tsuda, Y. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1998, 46, 906; (g) Ishibashi, H.; Harada, S.; Sato, K.; Ikeda, M.; Akai, S.; Tamura, Y. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1985, 33, 5278; (h) Tsuda, Y.; Sakai, Y.; Nakai, A.; Kaneko, M.; Ishiguro, Y.; Isobe, K.; Taga, J.; Sano, T. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1990, 38, 1462; (i) Gao, S. H.; Tu, Y. Q.; Hu, X. D.; Wang, S. H.; Hua, R. B.; Jiang, Y. J.; Zhao, Y. M.; Fan, X. H.; Zhang, S. Y. Org. Lett. 2006, 8, 2373; (j) Padwa, A.; Wang, Q. J. Org. Chem. 2006, 71, 7391; (k) Cassidy, M. P.; Ozdemir, A. D.; Padwa, A. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 1339; (l) Hart, J. B.; Mason, J. M.; Gerard, P. J. Tetrahedron 2001, 57, 10033; (m) Toda, J.; Niimura, Y.; Sano, T.; Tsuda, Y. Heterocycles 1998, 48, 1599; (n) Le Dréau, M. A.; Desmaele, D.; Dumas, F.; Dangelo, J. J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58, 2933; (o) Tsuda, Y.; Murata, M. Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27, 3385; (p) Tanaka, H.; Takamura, Y.; Shibata, M.; Ito, K. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1986, 34, 24.

21. Sano, T.; Toda, J.; Ohshima, T.; Tsuda, Y. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1992, 40, 873. 22. Harada, H.; Morie, T.; Hirokawa, Y.; Kato, S. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1996, 44,

2205. 23. Hon, Y. S.; Chang, F. J.; Lu, L.; Lin, W. C. Tetrahedron 1998, 54, 5233. 24. (a) Funk, R. L.; Bolton, G. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 1290; (b) Maeng, J.

H.; Funk, R. L. Org. Lett. 2001, 3, 1125. 25. (a) Maeng, J. H.; Funk, R. L. Org. Lett. 2002, 4, 331; (b) Greshock, T. J.;

Funk, R. L. Org. Lett. 2001, 3, 3511. 26. Fuchs, J. R.; Funk, R. L. Org. Lett. 2001, 3, 3923. 27. Ishihara, K.; Nakano, K.; Akakura, M. Org. Lett. 2008, 10, 2893. 28. Mai, H. N.; Langlois, N.; Das, B. C.; Potier, P. C.R. Acad. Sci., Ser. IIc: Chim.

1970, 270, 2154. 29. Nugent, B. M.; Williams, A. L.; Prabhakaran, E. N.; Johnston, J. N.

Tetrahedron 2003, 59, 8877. 30. Martin, S. F.; Tu, C.; Chou, T. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1980, 102, 5274. 31. Carmona, D.; Lamata, M. P.; Viguri, F.; Rodriguez, R.; Oro, L. A.; Lahoz, F.

J.; Balana, A. I.; Tejero, T.; Merino, P. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127, 13386. 32. Kündig, E. P.; Saudan, C. M.; Bernardinelli, G. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1999,

38, 1219. 33. Sudo, Y.; Shirasaki, D.; Harada, S.; Nishida, A. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2008, 130,

12588. 34. Sakakura, A.; Suzuki, K.; Ishihara, K. Adv. Synth. Catal. 2006, 348, 2457. 35. (a) Nakashima, D.; Yamamoto, H. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 1251; (b) Nakashima,

D.; Yamamoto, H. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 9626.

Page 91: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

79

36. Still, W. C.; Gennari, C. Tetrahedron Lett. 1983, 24, 4405. 37. (a) Klapars, A.; Buchwald, S. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 14844; (b)

Humphreys, J. L.; Lowes, D. J.; Wesson, K. A.; Whitehead, R. C. Tetrahedron 2006, 62, 5099.

38. Baran, P. S.; Maimone, T. J.; Richter, J. M. Nature 2007, 446, 404. 39. Nagasawa, K.; Ishihara, H.; Zako, Y.; Shimizu, I. J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58,

2523. 40. Herrmann, W. A.; Brossmer, C.; Ofele, K.; Reisinger, C. P.; Priermeier, T.;

Beller, M.; Fischer, H. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1995, 34, 1844. 41. Mawhinney, T. P.; Madson, M. A. J. Org. Chem. 1982, 47, 3336. 42. Langlois, N., Directeur de Recherche, Institut de Chimie des Substances

Naturelles, CNRS, 91198 Gif-sur-Yvette Cedex, Paris, France. Personal communication. November 2008.

43. Funk, R. L.; Belmar, J. Tetrahedron Lett. 2012, 53, 176. 44. Jensen, A. A.; Frølund, B.; Liljefors, T.; Krogsgaard-Larsen, P. J. Med. Chem.

2005, 48, 4705. 45. Romanelli, M. N.; Gratteri, P.; Guandalini, L.; Martini, E.; Bonaccini, C.;

Gualtieri, F. ChemMedChem 2007, 2, 746. 46. Dwoskin, L. P.; Crooks, P. A. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2001, 298, 395. 47. Arneric, S. P.; Holladay, M.; Williams, M. Biochem. Pharmacol. 2007, 74,

1092. 48. (a) Holladay, M. W.; Dart, M. J.; Lynch, J. K. J. Med. Chem. 1997, 40, 4169;

(b) Gotti, C.; Fornasari, D.; Clementi, F. Prog. Neurobiol. 1997, 53, 199. 49. Dart, M. J.; Wasicak, J. T.; Ryther, K. B.; Schrimpf, M. R.; Kim, K. H.;

Anderson, D. J.; Sullivan, J. P.; Meyer, M. D. Pharm. Acta Helv. 2000, 74, 115.

50. (a) Cassels, B. K.; Bermudez, I.; Dajas, F.; Abin-Carriquiry, J. A.; Wonnacott, S. Drug Discov. Today 2005, 10, 1657; (b) Taly, A.; Corringer, P. J.; Guedin, D.; Lestage, P.; Changeux, J. P. Nat. Rev. Drug Discov. 2009, 8, 733.

51. Glennon, R. A.; Dukat, M. Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2004, 14, 1841. 52. Sixma, T. K. Nat. Neurosci. 2007, 10, 937. 53. Beers, W. H.; Reich, E. Nature 1970, 228, 917. 54. Sheridan, R. P.; Nilakantan, R.; Dixon, J. S.; Venkataraghavan, R. J. Med.

Chem. 1986, 29, 899. 55. Meyer, M. D.; Decker, M. W.; Rueter, L. E.; Anderson, D. J.; Dart, M. J.;

Kim, K. H.; Sullivan, J. P.; Williams, M. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 2000, 393, 171. 56. (a) Tønder, J. E.; Hansen, J. B.; Begtrup, M.; Pettersson, I.; Rimvall, K.;

Christensen, B.; Ehrbar, U.; Olesen, P. H. J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 4970; (b) Tønder, J. E.; Olesen, P. H.; Hansen, J. B.; Begtrup, M.; Pettersson, I. J. Comput. Aided Mol. Des. 2001, 15, 247; (c) Tønder, J. E.; Olesen, P. H. Curr. Med. Chem. 2001, 8, 651.

57. Schmitt, J. D. Curr. Med. Chem. 2000, 7, 749. 58. Kem, W. R.; Mahnir, V. M.; Papke, R. L.; Lingle, C. J. J. Pharmacol. Exp.

Ther. 1997, 283, 979.

Page 92: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

80

59. (a) Kem, W. R. Behav. Brain Res. 2000, 113, 169; (b) Kem, W.; Soti, F.; Wildeboer, K.; LeFrancois, S.; MacDougall, K.; Wei, D. Q.; Chou, K. C.; Arias, H. R. Mar. Drugs 2006, 4, 255.

60. Williams, M.; Robinson, J. J. Neurosci. 1984, 4, 2906. 61. (a) Decker, M. W.; Anderson, D. J.; Brioni, J. D.; Donnelly-Roberts, D. L.;

Kang, C. H.; O'Neill, A. B.; Piattoni-Kaplan, M.; Swanson, S.; Sullivan, J. P. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 1995, 280, 79; (b) Harvey, S. C.; Maddox, F. N.; Luetje, C. W. J. Neurochem. 1996, 67, 1953; (c) Chavez-Noriega, L. E.; Crona, J. H.; Washburn, M. S.; Urrutia, A.; Elliott, K. J.; Johnson, E. C. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 1997, 280, 346.

62. Wildeboer, K. M., University of Florida, 2005. 63. Wipf, P.; Kim, Y. T. Tetrahedron Lett. 1992, 33, 5477. 64. Binmore, G.; Cardellini, L.; Walton, J. C. J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 2 1997,

757. 65. Mah, T.; Sirat, H. M.; Thomas, E. J. J. Chem. Res., Synop . 1979, 392. 66. (a) Ikota, N.; Ganem, B. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 351; (b) Ganem, B.;

Holbert, G. W.; Weiss, L. B.; Ishizumi, K. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 6483. 67. (a) Acott, B.; Beckwith, A. L. J.; Hassanali, A.; Redmond, J. W. Tetrahedron

Lett. 1965, 6, 4039; (b) Baumgarten, H. E.; Smith, H. L.; Staklis, A. J. Org. Chem. 1975, 40, 3554.

68. Still, W. C.; Kahn, M.; Mitra, A. J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2923.

Page 93: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

81

Part II: Total Synthesis of (±)-Communesin F

Page 94: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

82

Chapter 5. Introduction and Background

5.1. Isolation and structural characterization of the communesins and perophoramidine

Over the last half-century marine organisms have been found to be a rich

source of natural products possessing an enormous range of biological activity

and structural complexity.1 In particular, the somewhat related communesins

and perophoramidine are marine natural products that have proven to be

significant challenges for synthetic chemists. Communesins A (2-1) and B (2-5)

were isolated in 1993 by Numata and coworkers from the mycelium of a strain of

Penecillium sp. stuck on the marine alga Entermorpha intestinalis (Figure 5.1.1).2

The structures of communesins A and B were assigned via extensive NMR

experiments. Numata and coworkers also determined the relative

stereochemistry of all stereocenters, aside from the center at C(21), utilizing nOe

correlations. Subsequent studies by Hemscheidt and coworkers determined the

configuration at C(21) of communesin B (which they mistakenly assigned as the

natural product “nomofungin” (2-10) that bears an N,O acetal instead of the

additional aminal), and its absolute configuration (6R, 7R, 8R, 9S, 11R, 21R).3

These findings have since been confirmed by the total synthesis of communesins

A and B (vide infra). Several other members of the communesin family have also

been identified, including: communesins C (2-6),4 D (2-7),4 E (2-2),5 F (2-8),5 G (2-

3),6 and H (2-4).6 The communesins all possess: (1) a tryptophan derived

heptacyclic skeleton, (2) two bicyclic aminals, and (3) four contiguous

Page 95: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

83

Figure 5.1.1. The communesins and perophoramidine

stereocenters, including two vicinal quaternary centers at C(7) and C(8)

possessing a cis-relationship of the tryptamine derived (vide infra) aminoethyl

moieties. The communesins are differentiated by: (1) their substituents at N(15)

and N(16), and (2) the oxidation state of C(21) and C(22). Communesin F (2-8) is

the only member to not bear an epoxide functionality.

The structurally related natural product perophoramidine (2-9) was

isolated by Ireland and coworkers in 2002 from the colonial ascidian Perophora

nomei (Figure 5.1.1).7 The structure of perophoramidine was elucidated by NMR

experiments. While structurally similar to the communesins, perophoramidine,

in contrast, possesses: (1) a hexacyclic skeleton lacking the azepine ring found in

the communesins, (2) two bicyclic amidines, (3) a trans-relationship of the

aminoethyl moietys at C(7) and C(8), and (4) halogenated aromatic rings. The

absolute configuration has been established via total synthesis.8

NR

NH

N NO H

H

HNR

NH

N NO H

H

HN N

H

N NH

H

OOO R'

67

8

9

15

162122

2-1 communesin A, R = R' = CH32-2 communesin E, R = H, R' = CH32-3 communesin G, R = CH3, R' = Et2-4 communesin H, R = CH3, R' = Pr

2-5 communesin B, R = CH32-6 communesin C, R = H2-7 communesin D, R = CHO

2-8 communesin F

NH

N

N N

Cl

Cl

Br

2-9 perophoramidine

N O

N NO H

H

H

O

2-10 "nomofungin"

Page 96: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

84

5.2. Pharmacology of the communesins and perophoramidine

Members of the communesin family and perophoramidine have been

shown to possess a variety of biological activities. Communesins A and B inhibit

proliferation of mouse leukemia cells P-388 (ED50 = 3.5 and 0.45 µg/mL,

respectively).2 Communesin B also demonstrated moderate cytotoxicity against

KB and LoVo cells (MIC = 4.5 µg/mL and 2 µg/mL, respectively) by disruption

of the microfilament network in mammalian cells.3 Communesins B, C, and D

exhibited moderate antiproliferation activity when tested on a series of human

leukemia cell lines.4 Communesins A, B, D, E, and F also demonstrate insecticidal

activity against the third instar larvae of silkworms by oral administration.5

Communesins G and H were found inactive in antimicrobial, antiviral, and

anticancer assays.6 Perophoramidine demonstrates cytotoxicity towards HCT116

colon carcinoma cell line (IC50 = 60 µM) and induces apoptosis via

poly(adenosine-5’-diphosphate ribose) polymerase (PARP) cleavage within 24

hours.7

5.3. Biosynthesis of the communesins and perophoramidine

On the basis of biosynthetic labeling studies and the widely accepted

biosynthetic origins of the calycanthaceous alkaloids,9 Mantle and coworkers10

proposed a biosynthetic pathway predicated on an oxidative dimerization of

tryptamine (2-12, Scheme 5.3.1). Thus, oxidation/dimerization of two tryptamine

(2-12) subunits, derived via the decarboxylation of tryptophan (2-11), gives the

Page 97: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

85

C2-symmetric bis-indolenine 2-13. Hydrolysis of the bis-indolenine gives rise to

the tetraaminodialdehyde 2-14, which, following cyclization and methylation,

would give the bis-aminal 2-15. The pathway from the bis-aminal to the

communesins remains unclear.

In response to alternate biosynthetic proposals (vide infra), Mantle and

coworkers11 have since acknowledged that aurantioclavine (2-19, Scheme 5.3.3),

or 4-(dimethylallyl)tryptophan could be key intermediates in the biosynthesis of

the communensins.

Scheme 5.3.1. Mantle’s biosynthetic pathway to communesin B

A related biosynthetic pathway has been proposed for perophoramidine

(Scheme 5.3.2).9 In this case, oxidative dimerization of tryptamine (2-12) gives

rise to the meso isomer 2-16 and subsequently bis-aminal 2-17. Oxidation and

halogenation would yield perophoramidine (2-9).

NH

NH2

NH

NH2

CO2H

NNH2

NH2N

2-13C2-symmetric isomer

N NH

HN

HN

H

H

2-15

N NH

N NO H

H

H

O

2-5 communesin B

2-11tryptophan

2-12tryptamine

tryptophan decarboxylase dimerase

methylase acylation? prenylation?

mevalonate

[O]?

NH2

NH2

H2NH2N

O

O

2-14

hydrolysis

Page 98: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

86

Scheme 5.3.2. Biosynthesis of perophoramidine

Stoltz and coworkers have advanced an alternate biosynthetic pathway to

the communesins (Scheme 5.3.3).12 Thus, tryptophan (2-11) or tryptamine (2-12) is

oxidized to the indol-2-one 2-20, which can then react with aurantioclavine (2-19)

in a cycloaddition reaction proceeding through an exo transition state to generate

the strained bridgehead lactam 2-21. An intramolecular ring opening of the

Scheme 5.3.3. Stoltz’s biosynthetic pathway to communesin B

NH

NH2

NH

N

N N

Cl

Cl

Br

2-9 perophoramidine

NNH2

NH2N

NH

NH

HN

HN

H

H

[O]

2-16meso isomer

2-172-12tryptamine

N NH

N NO H

H

H

O

2-5 communesin B

NH

N

NH

NH

NH

NH

NH

OO

H2NNH2

CO2H

NH2

N

H2N

O

H H

NOH2N2-20

2-182-11tryptophan

2-12tryptamine

NH

N

NHH

H

O

NH2

2-21

NH

NH

NHHN

H

H

O

2-22

2-19aurantioclavine

+

[O] [O]

Page 99: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

87

lactam by the pendant amine would give spirocyclic lactam 2-22. Further

functionalization would provide communesin B.

Funk and Fuchs proposed a related communesin biosynthesis within a

report of their “biomimetic” synthesis of perophoramidine (Scheme 5.3.4).13

Thus, the cycloaddition reaction of 4-(dimethylallyl)tryptamine (2-23) with indol-

2-one 2-20 proceeding through an exo transition state would give rise to the

strained bridgehead lactam 2-24. A transamidation reaction with one of the

amines would provide spirocyclic lactam 2-25. Reduction of the lactam and

subsequent cyclizations with the remaining amine would give the communesin

ring system 2-25, which could provide communesin B itself upon further

functionalization.

Scheme 5.3.4. Funk’s biosynthetic pathway to communesin B

N NH

N NO H

H

H

O

2-5 communesin B

NH

NH2

NH

NH2

N

H2N

ON

OH2N2-20

NH

N

H2N

H

O

NH2

2-24

NH

NH

H2NHN

H

O

2-25

+

2-234-(dimethylallyl)tryptamine

Page 100: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

88

5.4. Previous synthetic approaches to the communesins

Numerous groups have initiated programs towards the total syntheses of

the communesins due to their unique and fascinating structure, as well as their

potentially useful biological activity. Studies towards the syntheses of the

communesins by the groups of Stoltz and Adlington, as well as the completed

total syntheses of members of the communesins family by the groups of Qin,

Weinreb, and Ma, are summarized in the sections below.

5.4.1. Stoltz’s approach to the communesin ring system

Stoltz prepared the core aminal ring structure of the communesins via an

intermolecular aza-ortho-xylylene cycloaddition reaction. The aza-ortho-xylylene

2-28, generated in situ from chloroaniline 2-27 (Scheme 5.4.1),14 underwent a [4 +

2] cycloaddition reaction with aurantioclavine derivative 2-26 to give the

pentacyclic ring system 2-29 as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers12a (this product

distribution was reported as a 2:1 mixture in a later publication12b). It was argued

that the poor stereoselectivity was due to the Boc group residing on the face

opposite of the olefin substituent.

Scheme 5.4.1. Stoltz’s approach to the communesin ring system

N

NBoc

N

Cl

Ts

HN N

Ts

BocN

H

+

Cs2CO3,CH2Cl2,-78 °C, 4 h

89%

2-26 2-27 2-28 2-29

N

NH

O

OtBu

NTs

+

Page 101: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

89

5.4.2. Adlington’s approach to the communesin ring system

Adlington and coworkers reported a synthesis strategy for the

communesin ring system via an intramolecular hetero Diels–Alder reaction that

aimed to construct the vicinal quaternary centers in a single step (Scheme 5.4.2).15

To investigate this idea, aniline 2-31 was prepared in two straightforward steps

from the tryptamine derivative 2-30. Treatment of alcohol 2-31 with

carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) gave 3,1-benzoxazin-2-one 2-32. However, much to

their chagrin, Adlington and coworkers found that heating 3,1-benzoxazin-2-one

2-32 up to 220 °C failed to generate the anticipated aza-ortho-xylylene 2-33

intermediate, and instead returned the starting material unchanged.

Scheme 5.4.2. Adlington’s initial approach to the communesin ring system

Adlington and coworkers did however find that treatment of allylic

alcohol 2-35, prepared in an analogous manner to 2-31, with CDI gave

pentacyclic aminal 2-36, along with allylic imidazole 2-37 and dihydroquinoline

2-38 (Scheme 5.4.3). However, the relative stereochemistry of the vicinal

quaternary centers generated in the cycloaddition reaction is opposite to that

N

NHBn

N

BnN O

HO

BocHN

1. N-Boc-isatin, THF, rt, 18 h 81%

2. allyl MgBr, THF, rt, 2 h 73%

2-30 2-31 2-32

N

BnN O

O

NBoc

O

CDI, THF,60 °C, 2 h 83%

2-33

N

BnN O

NBoc

N NBoc

BnN

H

O

2-34

Page 102: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

90

Scheme 5.4.3. Adlington’s modified approach to the communesin ring system

required for the synthesis of the communesins, but would be suitable for the

synthesis of perophoramidine.

5.4.3. Qin’s total synthesis of (±)-communesin F

In 2007, Qin and coworkers reported the first total synthesis of a member

of the communesin family, communesin F (2-8).16 Towards this end, diazoester 2-

40, prepared in six steps from the known 4-bromotryptophol (2-39), underwent a

Cu-catalyzed intramolecular cylcopropanation reaction to yield the stable

cyclopropane 2-41 (Scheme 5.4.4). Staudinger reduction of the azide and

subsequent closure of the resulting amine on the indolenium formed during the

cyclopropane ring opening gave aminal 2-42 as a single diastereomer. After

protection of the aminal, lactone 2-43 was prepared via O-allylation followed by

a stereoselective Claisen rearrangement. The remaining two nitrogen atoms were

then introduced in a 9-step sequence to afford the spirolactam 2-44. A Heck

reaction with 2-methyl-3-buten-1-ol was followed by an acid catalyzed allylic

N

NHBn

N

BnN O

HO

BocHN

N NBoc

BnN

H

O

2-30 2-35

2-36 (36%)

1. N-Boc-isatin, THF, rt, 18 h 81%

2. vinyl MgBr, THF, rt, 1 h 89%

CDI, THF,40 °C, 48 h

N

BnN O

HN

2-37 (42%)

N

BnN O

NBoc

2-38 (10%)

BocN

N

+ +

Page 103: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

91

substitution reaction to give benzazepine 2-45 along with the diene resulting

from dehydration of the allylic alcohol. Bicyclic amidine 2-46 was prepared from

lactam 2-45 utilizing a strategy pioneered in Fuchs and Funk’s synthesis of

perophoramidine (vide infra). Thus, imidate formation, removal of the Boc

protecting group and a silica gel (SiO2) catalyzed cyclization gave the strained

bridgehead amidine 2-46. To complete the synthesis of (±)-communesin F (2-8),

the methyl carbamate was hydrolyzed and the amidine was reduced in the

presence of excess acetic anhydride to install the acetamide. The total synthesis

was competed in 23 linear steps from 4-bromotryptophol (2-39) in an overall

yield of 1.4%.

Scheme 5.4.4. Qin’s total synthesis of (±)-communesin F

NH

BrOH

N

BrO O

N2

N3 N

BrO O

N3

N

BrO O

NHH

H

N

BrO

NCO2MeH

O

N

Br

NCO2MeH

HNOBocHN

N NCO2MeH

HNO

BocNH

N NCO2MeH

NNH

N NHH

NNH

O

6 steps

CuOTf,CH2Cl2,rt, 1 h

88%

PBu3,aq. THF,0 °C, 0.5 h

83%

9 steps

1. Et3OBF4, iPrNEt2, CH2Cl22. TFA, CH2Cl2

3. SiO2, MeOH CH2Cl2 77% (3 steps)

1. KOH, H2O, MeOH 65% 2. NaBH4, Ac2O AcOH 73%

2-8 communesin F

1. ClCO2Me, DMAP, CHCl3 93%

2. NaH, DMF, 0 °C, 1 h; allyl bromide, 65 °C, 4 h 84%

1. Pd(OAc)2, P(o-Tol)3, 100 °C, µν, 2 h, 68%

2. PPTS, CHCl3 66% (+ 26% diene)

HO

2-40 2-41

2-42 2-43 2-44

2-45 2-46

2-39

Page 104: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

92

5.4.4. Weinreb’s total synthesis of (±)-communesin F

Weinreb and coworkers17 followed Qin and coworkers in 2010 with their

synthesis of communesin F using a spirooxindole-forming Heck reaction

pioneered by Overman.18 Thus, aryl iodide 2-48, prepared in five steps from the

known enol triflate 2-47, underwent an intramolecular Heck reaction to give

spirooxindole 2-49 (Scheme 5.4.5). The nitroarene was converted to the

corresponding Boc-aniline derivative, which cyclized under reductive conditions

to give aminal 2-50. Enamine 2-50 was treated with cyanogen azide to give

lactam 2-51, which was then converted to aldehyde 2-52 over several steps.

Aldehyde 2-52 was subjected to an aldol condensation with acetone and the

lactam was activated for the subsequent transamidation as the imide 2-53.

Scheme 5.4.5. Weinreb’s total synthesis of (±)-communesin F

NBn

OTf

EtO

O

NCO2EtN

O NO2I

OBOM

N O

BOMOCO2EtN

NO2

N NBoc

BOMOCO2EtN

N NBoc

BOMOBocN

H

HO

N NBoc

OHN

H

O N3

N NHH

NNH

O

5 steps

Pd(OAc)2, PPh3, DMA, K2CO3, nBu4NBr150 °C, 0.5 h 90%

1. Pt/C, H2, toluene, rt2. Boc2O, K2CO3, THF, H2O, 87% (2 steps)

3. AlH3•Me2NEt, THF, 0 °C 74%

1. KOH, EtOH2. NCN3, MeCN 93% (2 steps)

3. KOH, EtOH4. Boc2O, THF LiHMDS 57% (2 steps)

8 steps

1. Me2CO, NaOH, H2O 60 °C, 93%

2. Boc2O, THF LiHMDS 81%

1. PMe3, THF, H2O, 70 °C 88%

2. MeLi, THF 73%

2-8 communesin F

H

2-47 2-48 2-49

2-50 2-51 2-52

2-53 2-54

5 steps

N NBocH

HNOBocHN

HO

N NBoc

BocN

H

O N3

O

Page 105: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

93

Treatment of imide 2-53 with trimethyl phosphine afforded the transamidation

product, and addition of methyl lithium to the enone moiety gave the allylic

alcohol 2-54. The synthesis of communesin F (2-8) was completed, from this point

forward based on the precedent set by Qin and coworkers (vide supra). The total

synthesis was competed in 30 linear steps in an overall yield of 0.9%.

5.4.5. Ma’s total synthesis of (-)-communesin F

In 2010, Ma and coworkers reported the first asymmetric synthesis of

communesin F.19 Thus, indole 2-55, prepared in three steps from 4-

bromotryptophol (2-39), underwent an oxidative cyclization to form

spiroindolenine 2-56 as a mixture of diastereomers (Scheme 5.4.6). Upon

reduction of the nitro group, the indolenine underwent spontaneous cyclization

to a pentacyclic intermediate which was regioselectively methylated to give

aminal 2-57. In addition a diastereomer that was epimeric at all stereogenic

centers except the acyclic one (3.1:1) was isolated. Thus, an acceptable level of

asymmetric induction was imparted by the chiral auxillary. Proceeding with

optically pure material now, protection of aminal 2-57 as the Boc-carbamate was

followed by stereoselective allylation of the corresponding lactam enolate to give

lactam 2-58. Deprotection of the lactam and straightforward transformation of

the vinyl moiety afforded alcohol 2-59. A Heck reaction installed the allyl alcohol

group in 2-60. Treatment of bis-alcohol 2-60 with mesyl chloride presumably

generated a bis-mesylate that spontaneously cyclized to the benzazepine. The

primary mesylate was subsequently converted to azide 2-61. Reduction of the

Page 106: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

94

Scheme 5.4.6. Ma’s total synthesis of (-)-communesin F

azide under anhydrous Staudinger reaction conditions provided the amidine,

which was readily converted to (-)-communesin F (2-8). The total synthesis was

completed in 19 linear steps from 4-bromotryptophol (2-39) in an overall yield of

4.7%.

5.4.6. Ma’s total synthesis of communesins A and B

In 2011, Ma and coworkers followed up their synthesis of communesin F

with the first total syntheses of communesins A and B.20 Ma and coworkers

found it necessary to redesign their previous route after attempts to prepare

communesins A and B directly from communesin F, or one of its synthetic

intermediates, failed. They speculated that the problem with a direct conversion

NH

BrOH

NH

BrN O

O2N

3 steps

PhTBSO

N

BrN O

O2N

PhTBSO

N

BrN O

NH

PhTBSO

H

H

N

BrN O

NBoc

PhHO

HN

BrHN O

NBocH

N NBocH

ONH

N NHH

NNH

O

2-8(−)-communesin F

OH

N3

LiHMDS, THF-78 °C, 0.5 h; I2, -78 °C, 2 h

1. Fe, NH4Cl, tBuOH, H2O reflux, 18 h

2. KOtBu, THF, 0 °C; MeI50% major isomer (3 steps)

1. KHMDS, THF; Boc2O, 0 °C 89%

2. KOtBu, Et2O; allyl bromide, rt3. TBAF, THF 92% (2 steps)

1. MsCl, Et3N, CH2Cl2

2. NaN3, DMF, nBuN4Br 49% (2 steps)

1. P(nBu)3, toluene2. NaBH4, Ac2O, AcOH

3. TFA, CH2Cl247% (3 steps)

2-55 2-56

2-57 2-58 2-59

2-61

4 steps

Pd(OAc)2, P(o-Tol)3,nBu4NBr, DMF, 140 °C, µν, 0.3 h

67%

HO

N

HN O

NBocH

OH

2-60

HO

2-39

Page 107: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

95

was the sensitivity of the southern aminal to oxidants. This observation is in

accord with the observations made during previous syntheses of

perophoramidine, wherein the southern amidine functionality was installed by a

facile oxidation of an aminal with MnO2.8,13,21 Therefore, the aurantioclavine

derivative 2-62 was prepared enantioselectively using a Sharpless asymmetric

dihydroxylation in a fourteen step sequence from 4-bromotryptophol (2-39,

Scheme 5.4.7). The indole 2-62 was converted to bridgehead lactam 2-63 utilizing

the oxidative cyclization/reductive cyclization featured in their aforementioned

synthesis of communesin F. Nitrile 2-64 was prepared by methylation of the

Scheme 5.4.7. Ma’s total synthesis of communesins A and B

NH

BrOH

14 steps

NH

NO

O

H

O

O2N

NH

NHH

NH

O

H

OO

N NHH

NH

OO

O

CN

N NHH

NH

OO

OOH

N NHH

NH

HN

OO

N NHH

NH

N

O

O H

1. LiHMDS, THF, -78 °C to rt; I2, 0.25 h 66%

2. Raney-Ni, H2, THF, MeOH 70%

1. KHMDS, THF; MeI 90%

2. KHMDS, THF, -78°C; ICH2CN 67%

LAH, THFreflux, 0.6 h

NH4OAc,NaBH(OAc)3,MeOH, rt, 45 h

92% (2 steps)

N NHH

NH

N

O

O H

2-62 2-63

2-64 2-65 2-66

2-66

2-5communesin B

2-1communesin A

4 steps4 steps

2-39

Page 108: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

96

aminal, and alkylation of the lactam enolate within hexacycle 2-63. Nitrile 2-64

was then reduced to the corresponding lactol 2-65, which was converted to

aminal 2-66 by reductive amination with ammonium acetate. At this stage,

communesin A (2-1) and B (2-5) were each prepared in four steps from aminal 2-

66.

Page 109: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

97

Chapter 6. Studies Towards the Communesins in the Funk Laboratory: An Aza-ortho-xylylene Route

6.1. Introduction

Aza-ortho-xylylenes, also known as ortho-aza-xylylenes or ortho-quinone

methide imines, are extremely versatile and reactive intermediates that undergo

a wide range of reactions.22 Specifically, they undergo: electrocyclization

reactions to give dihydroquinolines,23 cycloadditions with electrophilic23a,23b,24 and

nucleophilic14,25 π-bonds, attack by nucleophiles,23b,26 and dimerization reactions

to produce macrocycles.23a,23b A variety of methods for generating these reactive,

non-isolable intermediates have been reported, including but not limited to

photogeneration,26-27 retrocheletropic extrusion of various species (CO, SO2),22,26,28

[4 + 2] retrocycloaddition of 3,1-benzoxazin-2-ones,29 or by the 1,4-elimination of

various species (H2O, NR3, HF, HCl) from 2-aminobenzyl derivatives.14,30 Some of

the more efficient strategies for generating these intermediates and their

subsequent reactions, with a bias towards examples which undergo a subsequent

cycloaddition, are discussed below.

Ferraccioli29b reported the intramolecular cycloaddition reaction of aza-

ortho-xylylene 2-68, generated from benzoxazin-2-one 2-67 by a

retrocycloaddition with loss of carbon dioxide, to give sultam 2-69 (Scheme

6.1.1). Additionally, they reported the thermolysis reaction of the benzoxazin-2-

one 2-64 bearing an alkyl substituent at C(4) (Scheme 6.1.2). In this case, the

Page 110: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

98

Scheme 6.1.1. Thermal decarboxylation of 3,1-benzoxazin-2-ones

reaction gave ortho-vinylaniline 2-72 as the only product. This result is due to a

competitive [1,5]-sigmatropic hydrogen shift in the Z-isomer of the aza-ortho-

xylylene intermediate 2-71.

Scheme 6.1.2. Competitive [1,5]-sigmatropic hydrogen shift

Tunge and coworkers23a,23b reported the palladium-induced

decarboxylation of vinyl benzoxazinone 2-73 to generate aza-ortho-xylylene

synthon 2-74 which readily undergoes a cycloaddition reaction with benzylidene

malononitrile (2-75) to give dihydroquinoline 2-76 with good diastereoselectivity

(Scheme 6.1.3). The palladium-induced decarboxylation occurs at room

temperature and is significantly milder than the conditions required for the

thermal decarboxylation of benzoxazinones (cf. Scheme 6.1.1).

Scheme 6.1.3. Palladium catalyzed decarboxylation of 4-vinyl-3,1-benzoxazin-2-ones

N

O

NOO2S O2S

NO2S

215 °C1,2,4-trichloro-benzene

-CO2

34%

2-67 2-68 2-69

HN

O

OTs

NTs

HNTs

[1,5]H

75%

2-70 2-71 2-72

215 °C1,2,4-trichloro-benzene

-CO2

NTs

O

N NTs

OTs

CN

CNPhPh

NC CNPdL2

5 mol%Pd(PPh3)4,CH2Cl2,

rt, 5 h+

99%

8.9 : 1 dr

2-73 2-74 2-75 2-76

Page 111: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

99

Corey and Steinhagen14,25 have developed a simple, efficient method for

generating aza-ortho-xylylenes via base-induced elimination of hydrogen

chloride from the carbamate and sulfonamide derivatives of ortho-

chloromethylaniline 2-77 (Scheme 6.1.4). The generated N-acyl- and N-sulfonyl-

aza-ortho-xylylenes 2-78 undergo inverse-demand Diels–Alder reactions with a

variety of electron rich olefins including enol ethers, ketene acetals, and 2,3-

dihydrofurans.

Scheme 6.1.4. Base-mediated elimination of HCl from o-chloromethylanilines

Wu and coworkers30a have reported the cycloaddition reaction between a

variety of indoles and a variety of aza-ortho-xylylenes 2-81 generated from the

respective 2-aminobenzyl alcohols 2-80 via acid-catalyzed dehydration (Scheme

6.1.5). A noteworthy feature of this methodology is that neither protection of the

aniline nitrogen or conversion of the alcohol to a suitable leaving group is

unnecessary.

Scheme 6.1.5. Acid-catalyzed dehydration of 2-aminobenzyl alcohols

NR

NR

NHR

Cl

OEtOEt+

2-77

R = BocR = Ts

2-79

R = Boc, 83%R = Ts, 78%

2-78

Cs2CO3,CH2Cl2,

rt, 4 h

NH

NNH2 NNH2

OH

H

+

30 mol% TFA,ClCH2CH2Cl,

40 °C, 16 h

2-82

RRR

2-80

R = H, Cl, Me

2-81

R = H, Cl, Me

2-83

R = H, Cl, Me

Page 112: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

100

6.2. Previous synthesis efforts directed towards the communesins in the Funk laboratory

Funk and Crawley initiated a synthesis program towards the

communesins following their realization that the natural products “nomofungin”

(10) and communesin B (5) were in fact the same compound.12a,31 Funk and

Crawley’s initial report described the intramolecular endo-cycloaddition reaction

of aza-ortho-xylylene 2-85 to give the advanced communesin ring system 2-86

that lacked only the pyrrolidine ring and the benzylic substituent on the

benzazepine ring found in the communesins (Scheme 6.2.1).31 The aza-ortho-

xylylene intermediate 2-85 was generated via thermolysis of the phenyl

carbonate 2-84. However, all attempts to functionalize the tertiary benzylic

position (CAN, DDQ, NBS) in order to have a handle to install the vicinal

quaternary centers and the northern aminal proved unsuccessful.32

Scheme 6.2.1. Crawley and Funk’s first-generation synthetic plan

In light of these difficulties, Funk and Crawley investigated an alternate

route wherein functionality for the elaboration of the pyrrolidine ring was

introduced at an earlier stage.33 Thus, aziridine 2-89 was prepared from

tryptamine derivative 2-87 and dibromide 2-88 (Scheme 6.2.2). Treatment of the

Teoc-carbamate 2-89 with TBAF gave endo-cycloadduct 2-91, presumably

N

N

N NCO2EtH

2-84 2-85 2-86

N

N

N

H

CO2Et

NHOCO2Ph

NHCO2Et

160 °Cdichloro-benzene

6 h70%

Page 113: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

101

proceeding via the aza-ortho-xylylene 2-90 generated by a decarboxylative ring

opening of the aziridine. Alkyne 2-91 was directly subjected to a gold(I)

catalyzed 7-exo-dig cyclization to give bridgehead enamine 2-92. Unfortunately,

as before, all attempts to functionalize the tertiary benzylic carbon primarily

through intramolecular carbene insertion chemistry failed.32

Scheme 6.2.2. Crawley and Funk’s second-generation synthetic plan

The difficulties associated with the installation of the pyrrolidine ring in

their previous strategies forced Funk and Crawley to develop a third-generation

synthetic plan. This approach entailed the introduction of a lactam moiety as a

handle for the installation of the second quaternary center via enolate alkylation.

The success of this approach rested upon the ability to generate an

unprecedented and presumably more reactive acyl-aza-ortho-xylylene

intermediate such as 2-97 (Scheme 6.2.3). To that end, the 4-acyl-3,1-benzoxazin-

2-one 2-96 (prepared from the tryptamine derivative 2-93 and acid chloride 2-94)

underwent a retrocycloaddition/cycloaddition sequence in the presence of

N

NH2

Br

Br

O

O

HN

OOTMS

N

N

HN

OOTMS

O

OH

H

+

N NH

HN

H

O

O

HN N

H

N

H

O

O

H

NH

NH

NH

O

OH

H AuCl(PPh3),AgOTf, CH2Cl2,40 °C, 12 h

89%

2-87 2-88 2-89

2-90 2-91 2-92

Cs2CO3,CH3CN,rt, 18h

65%

TBAF,THF,rt, 4h

Page 114: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

102

ytterbium triflate to give cycloadduct 2-98 as a 2:1 mixture favoring the endo

adduct. The aza-ortho-xylylene intermediate is presumably generated via Lewis

acid mediated decarboxylation of the 4-acyl-3,1-benzoxazin-2-one 2-96 as

significantly elevated temperatures (180 ºC, trichlorobenzene) are required in the

absence of a lanthanide triflate catalyst.32 Gratifyingly, the mixture of epimers

could be stereoselectively alkylated from the convex face to afford the desired

allylated lactam 2-99. With the vicinal quaternary carbons problem solved, it was

hoped, the total syntheses of the communesins were now within reach.

Scheme 6.2.3. Crawley and Funk’s third-generation synthetic plan

N

N O

O

NCO2Et

O

N NCO2Et

N O

H

H

N NCO2Et

N O

H

DMB

DMB DMB

KOtBu,THF, 0 °C;allyl iodide

90%

2-96

2-98 2-99

N

N O

N

DMB

2-97

N

N O

O

NH

O

DMB

2-95

O

O

NH

ON

NHDMB

Cl

CO2Et

H

Yb(OTf)3,toluene,CH2Cl2,50 °C, 12 h

50%

NaH, DMF,50 °C, 0.5 h;ClC2Et, 0 °C

50%+

DIPEA,CH2Cl2,rt, 12 h

66%

2-942-93

Page 115: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

103

Chapter 7. An Approach to the Synthesis of Communesin F: An Aza-ortho-xylylene Route

7.1. Retrosynthetic analysis of communesin F

We were in a position to complete the total synthesis of communesin F on

the basis of Funk and Crawley’s successful model study. Our retrosynthetic

approach to the synthesis of communesin F (2-8) is illustrated in Scheme 7.1.1.

Thus, the natural product could be prepared from azepine 2-100 by taking

advantage of Qin’s pioneering endgame (cf. Scheme 5.4.4) that featured addition

of the benzazepine to the corresponding cyclic imidate obtained by O-

methylation of the spirolactam. The benzazepine ring would be introduced via

the intramolecular hydroamination of allene 2-101, in turn available from azide

2-102 via a reduction/transamidation sequence. The ethyl azide would be

Scheme 7.1.1. Retrosynthetic analysis for communesin F

N NCO2EtH

•DMBN O N3

N NCO2EtH

•DMBN O

H

N NCO2Et

•DMBN O

O

O

N NHH

NNH

O

2-8 communesin F

N NCO2EtH

HNO

BocNH

N NCO2EtH

HNODMBHN•

2-100 2-101

2-102 2-103 2-104

Page 116: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

104

installed by the alkylation of lactam 2-103, in turn available from the benzoxazin-

2-one 2-104 through Lewis acid catalyzed retrocycloaddition/endo-cycloaddition

as previously observed in the Funk laboratory (2-96à2-98, Scheme 6.2.3).

7.2. Synthesis of an advanced intermediate towards the synthesis of communesin F

In the forward sense, access to the key 4-acyl-3,1-benzoxazin-2-one 2-104

(Scheme 7.1.1) began with the preparation of the protected 4-allenyl tryptamine

2-106 from the known aldehyde 2-10534 (Scheme 7.2.1). Thus, addition of

ethynylmagnesium bromide to aldehyde 2-105 gave propargyl alcohol 2-106. The

alcohol was then acetylated to give the corresponding propargyl acetate. The

propargyl acetate could also be prepared in a single step from aldehyde 2-105 by

trapping the alkoxide generated after addition of ethynylmagnesium bromide

with acetic anhydride. However, the two-step procedure was found to deliver

consistently higher yields. The propargyl acetate was then converted into allene

2-107 by the copper mediated addition of methylmagnesium bromide.35

Displacement of the quaternary ammonium salt, generated by treatment of

amine 2-107 with an excess of MeI, with potassium cyanide was accompanied by

desilylation to provide nitrile 2-108. Methylation of indole 2-108 under standard

conditions was followed by reduction of the nitrile functionality to afford

tryptamine 2-109. Finally, amine 2-109 was protected as the 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl

(DMB) amine employing reductive amination conditions to supply the desired

tryptamine derivative 2-110.

Page 117: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

105

Scheme 7.2.1. Preparation of allenyl indole 2-110

We next turned our attention towards the preparation of benzoxazin-2-

one 2-114 (Scheme 7.2.2). The known nitromandelic acid (2-111)36 was

hydrogenated to give the corresponding aniline which was directly treated with

phosgene to give benzoxazinone 2-112. The benzyl ester of acid 2-112 was

converted into the corresponding imide derivative 2-113. After reductive

cleavage of the benzyl ester, the resulting acid was cleanly converted to acid

chloride 2-114.

We could prepare the benzoxazinone derivative 2-104 necessary for the

cycloaddition reaction with allenyl indole 2-110 and benzoxazinone 2-114 in

hand (Scheme 7.2.3). To that end, the tryptophol derivative 2-110 was acylated

with acid chloride 2-114 in the presence of Hunig’s base to provide amide 2-104.

Scheme 7.2.2. Preparation of N-acyl-4-acyl-3,1-benzoxazin-2-one 2-114

NTIPS

O

NTIPS

OH

NTIPS

• NNN

NH

• NC

N

N

• NHDMBNH2

CH3CCMgBr,THF, -78 °Cto rt, 1 h

95%

1. Et3N, DMAP, Ac2O, CH2Cl2, rt, 14 h, 84%

2. MeMgBr, CuI, LiBr, THF, 0 °C 91%

1. MeI, PhH, rt, 8 h2. KCN, H2O, DMF, 80 °C, 6 h

60% (2 steps)

1. NaH, 0 °C; MeI, 1 h 98%

2. LiAlH4, Et2O 0 °C, 1 h 78%

O OO

MeOH, rt, 16 h;

NaBH4, rt, 1 h 86%

2-105 2-106 2-107

2-108 2-109 2-110

OH

O OH

NO2 NH

O

O OH

O NCO2Et

O

O OBn

O NCO2Et

O

O Cl

O

1. H2, Pd/C, K2CO3, MeOH rt, 16 h, 95%

2. COCl2, Na2CO3, H2O, toluene, rt, 12 h, 89%

1. BnBr, DMF, Cs2CO3, 50 °C, 5 h 72%

2. BuLi, THF, -78 °C, 1 h; ClCO2Et, rt, 15 h, 87%

1. H2, Pd/C, EtOAc, rt, 24 h, 95%

2. NaH, PhH, rt; (COCl)2, rt, 5 h, 95%

2-111 2-112 2-113 2-114

Page 118: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

106

Scheme 7.2.3. Synthesis of aminal 2-103

Gratifyingly, benzoxazinone 2-104 in the presence of yttrium triflate underwent a

smooth retrocycloaddition/cycloaddition sequence to give the endo cycloadduct

2-103, presumably via aza-ortho-xylyene 2-115, in good yield as a single

diastereomer. A number of other lanthanide triflates [Eu(OTf)3, La(OTf)3,

Sc(OTf)3, Yb(OTf)3] also effected the desired retrocycloaddition/cycloaddition

reaction. However, Y(OTf)3 was found to give the highest product yield and the

cleanest reaction profile. The stereoselectivity of the cycloaddition was confirmed

through 1H NMR studies. Key nOe correlations were observed between the C(8)

alpha proton and the C(6) aminal proton, and the alpha proton and the C(19)

proton (2-103a, Scheme 7.2.3). These nOe correlations are consistent with the endo

adduct. On the other hand, the exo adduct would certainly not exhibit the nOe

correlation observed between the C(8) and C(6) protons.

The next task in the synthesis involved introduction of the remaining

quaternary center (Scheme 7.2.4). We hoped to avoid the step intensive

elaboration of the commonly installed allyl functionality to the desired

N NCO2Et

•DMBN O

O

O

N NCO2EtH

•DMBN O

H

iPr2NEt,CH2Cl2,rt, 16 h

78%N

• NHDMB

2-110 2-104

2-103

NCO2Et

O

OCl

O

2-114

+

N

N

N

O

EtO2C

HHH•

DMBH

H

nOe

nOe

nOeN

N

N

HO

CO2Et

DMB•

2-103a

1

6

198

11

2-115

10 mol% Y(OTf)3,ClCH2CH2Cl,90 °C, 8 h

73%

Page 119: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

107

Scheme 7.2.4. Alkylation of lactam 2-103

aminoethyl functionality by alkylating directly with 1-azido-2-iodoethane. After

extensive experimentation, we found that treatment of lactam 2-103 with n-BuLi,

followed by HMPA and 1-azido-2-iodoethane provided the desired alkylation

product 2-102 in moderate yield. With azide 2-102 in hand, the stereochemical

relationship of the alkyl side chains was confirmed through NMR studies. Key

nOe correlations were observed between the C(18) proton and the C(6) aminal

proton, and the C(18) proton and the C(19) proton (2-102a, Scheme 7.2.4). These

results suggest a cis relationship between the alkyl substituents. Furthermore, an

nOe correlation between the C(11) allenyl proton and the C(1) aromatic proton,

and the absence of nOe correlations between the C(18) protons and the C(11) and

C(1) protons supports this conclusion. The alkylation, therefore, proceeds

through alkylation of the enolate generated via the less hindered convex face.

With azide 2-102 in hand, we investigated the preparation of the

transamidation product 2-101. Reduction of the azide 2-102 functionality to the

corresponding amine 2-116 under Staudinger conditions proceeded uneventfully

(Scheme 7.2.5). However, the proposed transamidation reaction failed to deliver

the desired lactam 2-101 under a variety of conditions. The direct preparation of

lactam 2-101 from azide 2-102 under anhydrous Staudinger reaction conditions

similarly failed. The problematic nature of this conversion presumably arises

N NCO2EtH

•DMBN O

H

N NCO2EtH

•DMBN O N3nBuLi, THF,

-40 °C, 1 h; ICH2CH2N3,HMPA, 1 h

45%

2-103 2-102

N

N

N

O

EtO2C

HH•

DMB

H

HN3

HH

nOe

nOe

nOe

11

1

6

1918

2-102a

Page 120: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

108

Scheme 7.2.5. Attempted transamidation reaction

conditions result

200 °C (µν) HCl, MeOH, 65 ºC, 24 h NaOMe, MeOH, 65 ºC, 24 h

NR NR NR

NaN3, Et3N, DMF, 80 ºC, 20 h37 NR KHMDS, THF, 66 ºC, 16 h38 NR KHMDS, toluene, 110 ºC, 24 h NR LiHMDS, HMDS, 100 ºC, 24 h NR AlH3•Net(Me)2, THF, rt, 1 h32 decomposition

from the low reactivity of the lactam carbonyl. The problem does not appear to

be thermodynamic in origin since molecular modeling (PCMODEL, MMX) of

compounds analogous to 2-116 and 2-101 bearing vinyl and methyl substituents

in place of the dimethylallenyl and DMB groups, respectively, suggests that 2-

101 is favored by 2.9 kcal/mol. In fact, Crawley32 inadvertently was able to effect

a relatedtransamidation reaction while attempting to prepare aminal 2-119 via

the corresponding hemiaminal of lactam 2-117 (Scheme 7.2.6). Surprisingly,

Crawley found that treatment of lactam 2-117 with alane–ethyldimethylamine

complex gave spirolactam 2-118.

Scheme 7.2.6. Crawley’s inadvertent transamidation reaction

N NCO2EtH

•DMBN O N3

2-102

N NCO2EtH

•DMBN O NH2

PPh3;H2O

72%

2-116 2-101

N NCO2EtH

HNODMBHN•

conditions

N NCO2EtH

N O NHBn

N NCO2EtH

BnNOHN

2-117 2-118

AlH3•NEt(Me)2,THF, rt, 1 h

80% N NCO2EtH

NBnN

2-119

Page 121: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

109

Scheme 7.2.7. Crawley’s transamidation reaction of tosylimide 2-120

We reasoned that replacing the 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl group with an

electron-withdrawing group, such as an alkoxycarbonyl residue to give the

respective imide, should lead to a more efficient transamidation reaction. Indeed,

Weinreb effected a similar transamidation reaction in his communesin F total

synthesis (2-53à2.54, Scheme 5.4.4) and Crawley32 had also effected the

transamidation of tosylimide 2-120 to spirolactam 2-121 (Scheme 7.2.7). To that

end, we attempted to prepare the corresponding Boc-imide 2-123 (Scheme 7.2.8).

Unfortunately, we were unable to remove the DMB group to furnish lactam 2-

122. The N-benzyl and N-cumyl lactam derivatives of 2-102, prepared in

analogous fashion, proved to be equally recalcitrant to deprotection. The

difficulties experienced can likely be attributed to the dimethylallenyl

functionality, as Crawley successfully deprotected (TFA, anisol, 88%) the

compound analogous to 2-102 lacking the dimethylallenyl functionality.

N NCO2EtH

TsN O N3

N NCO2EtH

HNOTsHN

2-120 2-121

PMe3,THF

80%

Page 122: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

110

Scheme 7.2.8. Attempted preparation of a more reactive imide

conditions result

TFA, DCE, 90 ºC decomposition TFA, anisol, 80 ºC decomposition TFA, thioanisol, DCE, 90 ºC decomposition TFA, iPr3SH, 110 ºC39 decomposition TFA, iPr3SH, H2O, 100 ºC40 MsOH, DCE, 60 ºC41

decomposition decomposition

HCO2H, H2O, 100 ºC42 NR CAN, H2O, THF, rt43 decomposition CAN, H2O, MeCN, rt44 decomposition K2HPO4, K2S2O8, H2O, MeCN45 NR tBuLi, THF; O2 –78 ºC46 decomposition DDQ, H2O, CHCl347 decomposition Na, liq. NH3, –78 ºC15 decomposition

7.3. Concluding remarks

In conclusion, we have synthesized an advanced intermediate in the

synthesis of communesin F, which possesses five of the seven rings found in the

target, the vicinal quaternary centers, and all the necessary atoms for

construction of the northern aminal and the two remaining rings. Unfortunately,

all attempts to complete the synthesis of communesin F from this intermediate

were met with failure and thus further efforts were abandoned in view of a more

viable approach.

N NCO2EtH

•DMBN O N3

2-102

N NCO2EtH

•HN O N3

2-122

conditions

N NCO2EtH

•BocN O N3

2-123

Page 123: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

111

Chapter 8. Studies Towards the Communesins in the Funk Laboratory: An Indol-2-one Route

8.1. Introduction

The existence of transient indol-2-one intermediates, essentially cyclic aza-

ortho-xylylenes, was first proposed by Stoltz,12a and Funk13 in their respective

biosynthetic routes to the communesins and perophoramidine (cf. section 5.3).

Funk and Fuchs’s communication also described their total synthesis of (±)-

perophoramidine via the base-promoted reaction of a 3-bromoindol-2-one

derivative and a tryptamine derivative, which was believed to proceed through

an indol-2-one intermediate (vide infra). Further studies by Funk and Fuchs48

provided evidence in support of the hypothesis that indol-2-ones are generated

in the base-promoted reactions of 3-bromoindol-2-ones. The most compelling

evidence for the generation of indol-2-one intermediates and their reactivity is

summarized briefly below.

Funk and Fuchs found that treatment of 3-bromoindol-2-one 2-124 with

cesium carbonate provided indolinone 2-126 as the major product (Scheme 8.1.1).

The reaction presumably proceeds via intramolecular attack upon the indol-2-

one intermediate 2-125 and subsequent rearomatization. The calculated LUMO

coefficients for the indol-2-one intermediate are consistent with the observed

Page 124: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

112

Scheme 8.1.1. Remote addition of a nucleophile to an indol-2-one intermediate

preference for cyclization at the C(6) position. Possible steric interactions with the

methyl substituent, which also enforce the observed regioselectivity, cannot be

ruled out. An alternative mechanistic pathway wherein the triflamide anion adds

directly to the aromatic ring would seem unlikely.

Additionally, treatment of 3-bromoindol-2-one 2-127 with cesium

carbonate provided quinoline 2-130 (Scheme 8.1.2). It would seem difficult to

arrive at a reasonable mechanism that does not invoke an indol-2-one

intermediate. Thus, the indol-2-one intermediate 2-128 undergoes an

intramolecular cycloaddition with the tethered alkyne to give the bridgehead

lactam 2-129, which extrudes carbon monoxide to give quinoline 2-130, via a

retrocheletropic reaction.

Scheme 8.1.2. Cycloaddition reaction of an indol-2-one intermediate

Methods that have been utilized for generating the reactive indol-2-one

intermediates are similar to those developed by Corey,14,25 and Wu30a for

generating aza-ortho-xylylenes (cf. section 6.1). This reactive intermediate is

NH

N HTf

Br

ONNTf

ONH

NO

Tf

4

6

(-0.27)

(0.28)

(0.46)

(0.35)

45%

2-124 2-125(LUMO coefficients)

2-126

Cs2CO3,CH2Cl2

rt, 24h

NH

O

Br

NO N

O

N

-CO

59%

2-127 2-128 2-129 2-130

Cs2CO3,CH2Cl2

rt, 24h

Page 125: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

113

commonly prepared by acid-catalyzed dehydration of 3-hydroxyindol-2-ones,49

acid-catalyzed elimination of 3-amino- and 3-oxoindol-2-ones,50 and base-

induced elimination of HX from 3-chloroindol-2-ones51 and 3-bromoindol-2-

ones.13,48,52

8.2. Prior work in the Funk laboratory

The synthetic utility of an indol-2-one cycloaddition was demonstrated by

Funk and Fuchs in their total synthesis of the cytotoxin (±)-perophoramidine (2-

9).13 Their synthesis utilized a highly stereoselective indol-2-one cycloaddition

reaction to establish the trans-stereochemistry of the aminoethyl groups on the

vicinal quaternary centers present in the natural product. Thus, treatment of

indole 2-131 with 3-bromoindolin-2-one 2-132 gave indolinine 2-134 in excellent

diastereoselectivity (> 20:1, Scheme 8.2.1). In light of the excellent

diastereoselectivity observed, the reaction is thought to proceed through an

asynchronous endo [4+2] cycloaddition pathway with a high degree of bond

formation between the C(3) positions of both the indole and the indol-2-one 2-

133. Indolenine 2-134 was then converted to the corresponding N-Boc imide,

which, upon reduction of the azide functionality, underwent a cascade reaction

involving transamidation and closure of the Boc-anilide anion upon the

indolenine functionality to give aminal 2-135. Treatment of aminal 2-135 with N-

chlorosuccinimide in acetic acid provided the fully halogenated ring system 2-

136, which was converted to lactam 2-137 over several steps. Lactam 2-137 was

converted with Meerwein’s reagent to the corresponding cyclic imidate 2-138.

Page 126: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

114

Scheme 8.2.1. Fuchs and Funk’s total synthesis of (±)-perophoramidine

Deprotection of nosylamide 2-138 was accompanied by formation of the northern

amidine via the cyclization of the liberated secondary amine onto the imidate.

Oxidation of the southern aminal to the corresponding amidine with MnO2

furnished perophoramidine (2-9).

Funk and Crawley proposed using an intramolecular indol-2-one

cycloaddition in the synthesis of the related natural product communesin B

based upon the successful application of the indol-2-one cycloaddition in the

total synthesis of perophoramidine, (2-5, Scheme 8.2.2).32 It was proposed that an

indol-2-one intermediate generated from oxindole 2-142 could undergo an endo-

selective intramolecular cycloaddition to yield cycloadduct 2-143, a species that

would ring open to the indolenine/spirooxindole 2-144. Conversion of lactam 2-

NH

OTIPS

NH Br

O

Br

N3

N N

H

O

Br

N3OTIPS

NNH

O

N3TIPSOBr

NH

NBocH

HNOTIPSO

Br NH

NBocH

HNOTIPSO

Br

Cl

Cl

NH

NBocH

HN

Br

Cl

Cl

NNsO

NH

NHH

N

Br

Cl

Cl

NNsO

NH

N

NN

Br

Cl

Cl

+

1. NaH, THF; Boc2O, rt 92%

2. PPh3, THF, H2O, 50 °C 89%

NCS, AcOH,THF, rt

86%

1. Cs2CO3, PhSH, DMF, 45 °C, 24 h 70%

2. MnO2, CH2Cl2 65%

5 steps

2-131 2-132

2-135 2-136

2-137 2-138 2-9perophoramidine

2-134 2-133(endo cycloaddition)

Cs2CO3,CH2Cl2,

rt, 48 h89%

Me3OBF4,DIPEA,CH2Cl2,rt, 48 h

68%

Page 127: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

115

144 to the corresponding tosylimide and subsequent methanolysis would give

aminal 2-145.

Initial progress towards the cyclization precursor 2-142 proceeded

smoothly with the Mannich reaction of amine 2-139, 3-hydroxyindole (2-140),

and formaldehyde to give alcohol 2-141. However, at this point, it proved

difficult to convert the alcohol functionality to a suitable leaving group for the

base-induced elimination that was required to generate the desired indol-2-one

intermediate.

Scheme 8.2.2. Crawley and Funk’s intramolecular indol-2-one cycloaddition approach towards the communesins

Funk and Crawley turned their attention towards an intermolecular indol-

2-one cycloaddition approach analogous to that used in the successful synthesis

of perophoramidine, having encountered difficulties in their intramolecular

indol-2-one cycloaddition approach towards the communesins.32 As noted

previously (Section 5.1), a fundamental difference between these related natural

NH

HNNH

O

HO

NH

N

NH

O

HO

HCHO,AcOH,H2O

60%

+

2-139

2-140

2-141

N

NNH

ONTs

NH

N OO

NH

N

NH

O

X

2-142

2-1452-144

N NHH

NNH

2-5communesin B

O

9 9

OH

N N

H

ON

2-143

Page 128: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

116

products is the trans-relationship of the aminoethyl C(7) and C(8) substituents

present in perophoramidine versus the cis-relationship of the aminoethyl C(7)

and C(8) substituents found in the communesins. To establish this relationship,

the key indol-2-one cycloaddition must proceed through an exo transition state

rather than the endo transition state that was shown to be favored in the

perophoramidine synthesis. It was conceivable that the C(4) substituent of indole

2-146 might help to disfavor the endo transition state (Scheme 8.2.3). Thus, an exo

cycloaddition between indole 2-146 and indol-2-one 2-148 would give indolenine

2-149, which possesses the required C(7)–C(8) relationship for the syntheses of

the communesins and therefore merited investigation.

Scheme 8.2.3. Crawley and Funk’s planned intermolecular indol-2-one cycloaddition approach towards the communesins

To this end, azide 2-147 was reacted with indole 2-146 in the presence of

cesium carbonate to provide indolenine 2-150 (Scheme 8.2.4). The lactam was

converted to the corresponding Boc-imide, which, upon reduction of the azide,

underwent a ring opening/cyclization cascade to give aminal 2-151. To aid in the

determination of the stereochemical outcome of the cycloaddition reaction,

lactam 2-151 was converted to the conformationally rigid lactone 2-152. With

lactone 2-152 in hand, the stereochemical relationship of the side chains was

confirmed through 1H NMR studies. Unfortunately, the stereochemistry

NH

OTIPS

NON3

NH

OTIPS

NH

O

Br

N3

+ Cs2CO3

2-146 2-147

NNH

O

N3TIPSO

2-149 2-148exo cycloaddition

47

8

Page 129: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

117

established in the indol-2-one cycloaddition was found to be trans, not the cis

relationship necessary for the syntheses of the communesins. Therefore, it can be

concluded that a C(4) substituent on the indole does not alter the stereoselectivity

of the cycloaddition reaction.

Scheme 8.2.4. Intermolecular indol-2-one cycloaddition and determination of the stereochemical outcome

We believed that this methodology could still be utilized in the

preparation of the communesins despite the fact that the cycloaddition failed to

provide the necessary stereochemical relationship for the syntheses of the

communesins. Specifically, we believed that an indol-2-one cycloaddition

strategy wherein the C(8) quaternary center was introduced late in the synthesis,

as had been done in our aza-ortho-xylylene approach, would provide access to

the communesins.

NH

OTIPS

NH

O

Br

N3

+

2-146 2-147

NNH

O

N3TIPSO

2-150

NH

NBocH

HNOTIPSO1. NaH;

Boc2O 70%

2. PPh3, H2O 78%

2-151

NH

NBocH

O NHONs

NH

NBocH

O NHONs

1. NaHMDS; NsCl 85%

2. TBAF, THF 60%

2-152(endo adduct)

2-153(exo adduct)

7 8 7 8

Cs2CO3,CH2Cl2,rt, 24 h

65%

Page 130: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

118

Chapter 9. Total Synthesis of (±)-Communesin F via a Cycloaddition with Indol-2-one

9.1. Retrosynthetic analysis of communesin F

The following retrosynthesis of communesin F was devised bearing in

mind the aforementioned limitations of the indol-2-one cycloaddition reaction

(Scheme 9.1.1). Thus, the natural product could be prepared from bridgehead

lactam 2-154 through stereoselective alkylation of the lactam enolate with 1-

azido-2-iodoethane, reduction of the azide to an amino group, reductive

amination with the reactive bridgehead lactam carbonyl, and acetylation. The

bridgehead lactam 2-154 could arise from an intramolecular lactamization of the

azepine derivative of amine 2-155, in turn prepared via an intramolecular allylic

Scheme 9.1.1. Retrosynthetic analysis for communesin F

N NHH

NNH

O

2-8communesin F

N NBocH

ONH

N NBocH

O O

HO

H2N

HH

NH

N3

NO

+

Br

NNH

O

H

N3Br

2-157

NBoc

NH

Br

H

N3 O OH

2-156

2-154 2-155

2-159

2-160

88

N N

H

O

N3

Br

2-158

H

Page 131: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

119

substitution reaction with the primary amine. Allylic alcohol 2-155 could be

derived from bromide 2-156 via a Heck reaction. Aminal 2-156 would be formed

via methanolysis of the Boc-imide derivative of lactam 2-157. Indolenine 2-157

should be available by ring opening of the endo cycloadduct 2-158 derived from

the cycloaddition of indole 2-159 and indol-2-one (2-160). Indole 2-159 could in

turn be prepared in a short sequence from 4-bromotryptophol (2-39). It should be

noted that the stereochemical outcome of the key cycloaddition is in fact

inconsequential; the final stereochemistry at C(8) is set during the alkylation of

lactam 2-154 which should, based on prior experience (2.117à2.102, Scheme

8.2.4), occur on the convex face to set the correct stereochemistry at C(8).

However, the stereochemistry of the cycloadduct does bear on the facility of

generating the enolate of lactam 2-154. Inspection of molecular models suggests

that the proton of the C(8) epimer of 2-154 is more accessible.

9.2. Total synthesis of (±)-communesin F

Our retrosynthesis, therefore, hinged upon our ability to generate the

parent indol-2-one 2-160 that was not possible using the conditions (Cs2CO3,

CH2Cl2) reported in the initial Fuchs and Funk investigation. After examining a

number of base/solvent combinations, we discovered that treatment of 3-

bromoindol-2-one (2-161) with 3-methylindole (2-162) in the presence of silver

carbonate (Ag2CO3) in acetonitrile provided the desired indolenine 2-164 after

ring opening of the intermediate bridgehead lactam 2-163 (Scheme 9.2.1). In

contrast, treatment of 3-bromoindol-2-one with 3-methylindole with alternative

Page 132: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

120

Scheme 9.2.1. Reaction of 3-bromoindol-2-one with 3-methylindole

base equiv solvent yield (unoptimized)

Cs2CO3 2.5 CH2Cl2 NR Ag2CO3 2.5 CH2Cl2 < 10% DBU52a 3 THF decomposition Ag2CO3 2.5 acetone ~30% Ag2CO3 2.5 CH3CN 47% Cs2CO3 2.5 acetone NR Cs2CO3 2.5 CH3CN NR

base/solvent combinations resulted in no reaction or complex mixtures of

products and/or decomposition of the 3-bromoindol-2-one (2-161).

We embarked on the synthesis of communesin F having established

conditions for the generation of the requisite indol-2-one intermediate. To this

end, indole 2-159, prepared in two steps form 4-bromotryptophol (2-39), was

treated with freshly recrystallized 3-bromoindol-2-one53 (2-161, 1.6 equiv) and

silver carbonate (0.8 equiv) in acetonitrile to give indolenine 2-157 as a single

diastereomer in good yield (Scheme 9.2.2). The relative stereochemistry was

tentatively assigned as shown based upon an endo transition state and was

confirmed by the X-ray crystallographic derived structure of a downstream

product (2-167, vide infra).

Scheme 9.2.2. Preparation of indolenine 2-157

NH

Br

ON

NHO

H

2-1642-1602-1622-161

base,solvent N

H

N

H

O

N

H

N

H

OH

2-163

NH

BrOH 1. I2, PPh3,

imidazole CH3CN, Et2O, rt, 4 h, 88% 2. NaN3, DMF, 50 °C, 5 h 95%

NH

BrN3

NH

O

BrAg2CO3(0.8 equiv),MeCN, rt16 h,

70% NNH

O

H

N3

Br

+

2-39 2-159 2-161 2-157

Page 133: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

121

Drawing from Funk and Fuchs’s synthesis of perophoramidine, we

attempted to convert indolenine 2-157 to the corresponding Boc-imide. However,

the only product isolated under a variety of conditions was the corresponding O-

acylated oxindole. Thus, indolenine 2-157 was converted to tosylimide 2-165 with

sodium hydride and tosyl chloride (Scheme 9.2.3). Treatment of the reaction

mixture with methanol resulted in direct formation of aminal 2-167, the structure

and stereochemistry of which was confirmed by X-ray crystallography (Figure

9.2.1). Presumably the formation of aminal 2-167 occurs via an initial ring

Scheme 9.2.3. Construction of aminal 2-167

Figure 9.2.1. X-ray crystal structure of aminal 2-167

NNH

O

H

N3

Br

NTs

NH

Br

H

N3 O OH

TsCl (1.02 equiv),NaH (2.1 equiv),THF, 0 oC, 0.5 h

then MeOH, rt, 16 h

NNTs

O

H

N3

Br

2-157 2-165

2-167

NN

BrN3 O O

H

2-166

Ts

61%

Page 134: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

122

opening of imide 2-165 with methoxide and subsequent cyclization of the tosyl-

anilide anion intermediate 2-166 into the indolenine functionality to give the

aminal.

We next turned our attention towards the methylation of the differentially

protected aminal. After an exhaustive screening of traditional methylating

reagents and procedures (NaH, MeI; KOtBu, MeI; Cs2CO3, MeI; HCHO,

NaBH3CN; (HCHO)n, Ti(OiPr)4, NaBH3CN; MeOTf), we discovered that we could

effect the desired transformation with Meerwein’s reagent and cesium carbonate.

Thus, aminal 2-167 was cleanly converted to its N-methyl derivative (Scheme

9.2.4). The resulting azide 2-168 was then reduced in the presence of excess tert-

butyl pyrocarbonate to provide the Boc-carbamate 2-169.

Scheme 9.2.4. Preparation of amide 2-169

The next task in the synthesis involved elaboration of the aryl bromide to

the allylic alcohol and subsequent closure to the benzazepine ring. Thus,

bromide 2-169 was subjected to conditions employed in Qin, and Ma’s respective

syntheses of communesin F (Scheme 9.2.5). In this case, however, the bromide

proved unreactive and none of the desired allylic alcohol 2-170 was observed.

NTs

N

Br

H

N3 O OH

NTs

NH

Br

H

N3 O OH Me3OBF4, Cs2CO3,

CH2Cl2, rt, 24 h 80%

NTs

N

Br

H

BocHN O OHBoc2O, PtO2, H2,

EtOAc, rt, 16 h 88%

2-167 2-168 2-169

Page 135: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

123

Scheme 9.2.5. Attempted Heck reaction

catalyst ligand base solvent temperature

Pd(OAc)2 P(o-tol)3 Et3N neat 100 ºC (µν) Pd(OAc)2 P(o-tol)3 PMP DMF 140 ºC (µν) Pd(OAc)2 — K2CO3 DMF/H2O 90 ºC

Reasoning that the tosyl amide was in some way attenuating the reactivity

of bromide 2-169 in the Heck reaction, tosyl amide 2-169 was treated with

magnesium in methanol to give aminal 2-171 (Scheme 9.2.6).54 Interestingly, the

addition of ammonium chloride12a accelerated this reaction but also led to a large

amount of the debrominated product.

Scheme 9.2.6. Deprotection of tosylamide 2-169

We again turned our attention towards elaborating the aryl bromide with

aminal 2-171 in hand. To that end, the aminal 2-171 was converted to Boc-aminal

2-172 (Scheme 9.2.7). The resulting bromide 2-172 was then coupled with 2-

methyl-3-buten-1-ol to afford allylic alcohol 2-173 in moderate yield.55

With the allylic alcohol 2-173 in hand, we could investigate the closure to

the benzazepine functionality (Scheme 9.2.8). Attempted cyclization under

conditions utilized in previous syntheses of communesin F by Qin, Weinreb, and

NTs

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH

NTs

N

HO

H

BocHN O OHOH

2-169 2-170

conditions

NH

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH

NTs

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH Mg, MeOH,

rt, 18 h

87%

2-169 2-171

Page 136: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

124

Scheme 9.2.7. Preparation of bis-Boc allylic alcohol 2-173

Ma afforded none of the desired benzazepine 2-175 and instead led to exclusive

formation of diene 2-174. The diene resulting from dehydration of the starting

allylic alcohol was observed by Qin and Weinreb as substantial byproducts (24-

26%) under acidic conditions in their respective syntheses. Subtle conformational

effects may be at play here. Qin and Weinreb had the spirolactam in place that

favors the planar conformation 2-176 (Figure 9.2.2). The preferred conformation

for our carbamate is cup shaped (2-173), which, in principle, is capable of

cyclization since Ma’s cyclization proceeded through this conformer, albeit,

using a conformationally rigidified lactam (2-60).

Scheme 9.2.8. Attempted benzazepine formation

Concurrent with this work, we discovered that the Heck reaction with the

unprotected aminal 2-171 furnished allylic alcohol 2-177 in a much-improved

yield (93% v. 53%, Scheme 9.2.9). In light of this finding and the difficulties

NH

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH

NBoc

N

HO

H

BocHN O OH

NBoc

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH

OH

2-171 2-172 2-173

Boc2O, KHMDS,THF, rt, 1.25 h

97%

Pd(OAc)2,K2CO3, H2O,DMF, 90 °C, 5h

53%

NBoc

N

HO

H

BocHN O OH

NBoc

NH

BocN O O

H

H

H+

or

MsCl, Et3N

2-173

NBoc

NH

BocHN O OH

2-174 2-175not observed

Page 137: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

125

Figure 9.2.2. Comparison of cyclization precursor conformations

encountered in forming the benzazepine with the protected aminal, we

proceeded with the unprotected aminal 2-177 with the expectation that

protection of the aminal might be mandated at a later stage.

Subjection of allylic alcohol 2-177 to the aforementioned cyclization

conditions (cf. Scheme 9.2.8) again gave the respective diene as the only product.

However, a thorough review of the literature uncovered a 2010 paper describing

the mercuric triflate catalyzed enantioselective cyclization of anilino sulfonamide

with allylic alcohols.56 In this report, Yamamoto and coworkers disclosed as part

of their optimization studies the asymmetric cyclization of tert-butyl carbamate

2-178 in the presence of mercuric triflate and a chiral auxiliary to give 2-vinyl

indoline 2-179 (Scheme 9.2.10).

Scheme 9.2.9. Preparation of allylic alcohol 2-177

N

HN

N

O

Boc

H

HO

OH

N

NHBoc

H

NBoc

H

HO

O

O

N

NHBoc

N

OR

H

HO

NH

2-1732-602-176R = CO2Me, CO2tBu

NH

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH

NH

N

HO

H

BocHN O OHPd(OAc)2,

K2CO3, H2O,DMF, 90 °C, 5 h 93%

OH

2-171 2-177

Page 138: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

126

Scheme 9.2.10. Allylic amination with mercuric triflate

We were delighted to discover that treatment of allylic alcohol 2-177 with

2.5 mol% mercuric triflate initiated a stereoselective 7-exo-trig cyclization to give

benzazepine 2-180 (Scheme 9.2.11). The structure and stereochemistry of which

was confirmed by X-ray crystallography (Figure 9.2.3). The corresponding diene

resulting from the dehydration of alcohol 2-177 was not observed.

A possible rationale for the excellent stereoselectivity observed in the

mercuric triflate catalyzed cyclization is illustrated in Scheme 9.2.12. The reaction

Scheme 9.2.11. Introduction of the benzazepine ring

Figure 9.2.3. X-ray crystal structure of benzazepine 2-180

NH OHBoc

NBoc

(R)-BINAPHANE (1 mol %),Hg(OTf)2 (1 mol %),mesitylene, rt, 6 h

72% (41% ee)

2-178 2-179

NH

N

HO

H

BocHN O OH

NH

NH

BocN O O

H

HHg(OTf)2,CH2Cl2,rt, 20 h

86%

2-177 2-180

Page 139: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

127

is likely initiated by π-complexation,57 or possibly a mercurinium ion, of alkene 2-

177 with mercuric triflate from the face opposite the bulky Boc-carbamate (2-181).

Intramolecular nucleophilic attack by the carbamate nitrogen onto the π-complex

gives the organomercuric intermediate 2-182 and triflic acid. Protonation of the

hydroxyl moiety with the in situ-generated triflic acid and subsequent

demercuration affords the benzazepine 2-180 and regenerates the mercuric

triflate catalyst. The possibility of a triflic acid catalyzed pathway can likely be

discounted in light of the absence of any of the diene resulting from the

dehydration of alcohol 2-177. Finally, it should be noted that the planar

conformations for 2-177 and the corresponding intermediates are more accessible

without the N-Boc-aminal group due to the absence of A1,3 strain.

Scheme 9.2.12. Possible pathway for the mercuric triflate catalyzed cyclization

N

HN

N

O

H

H

HO

H

O

N

N

N

O

H

H

HH

O

OO

N

NH

N

O

H

H

HO

H

O

OO

(TfO)2Hg

N

N

N

O

H

H

HO

HH

OTfOHg

N

N

N

O

H

H

H2O

HH

OTfOHg

TfO

O O

O O OO

HHg(OTf)2

TfOH

Hg(OTf)2

2-177 2-181 2-182

2-183 2-180

TfOH

Page 140: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

128

We turned our attention to the construction of the critical bridgehead

lactam with the requisite benzazepine 2-180 in hand. With the anticipated

alkylation of the bridgehead lactam in mind, aminal 2-180 was protected as its

methyl carbamate (Scheme 9.2.13). The Boc-carbamate was then deprotected via

the Ohfune protocol58 to give amine 2-184. Saponification of methyl ester 2-184

with lithium hydroxide provided the corresponding acid. Treatment of the acid

with carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) led directly to the bridgehead lactam 2-185 with

concomitant epimerization of the C(8) proton. The low basicity of imidazole

effectively rules out a pathway wherein the epimer of 2-185 is epimerized. Thus,

the epimerization observed under the reaction conditions might proceed through

a ketene intermediate rather than an acyl imidazole intermediate. Subsequent

protonation of the ketene aminal intermediate from the concave face then yields

the epimerized product. Although epimerization during the course of the

saponification reaction could not be completely ruled out, our inability to effect

C(8) epimerization (NaOMe, MeOH, rt to 65 °C) of methyl ester 2-184 provides

evidence to support our conjecture.

Scheme 9.2.13. Preparation of bridgehead lactam 2-185

NH

NH

BocN O O

H

H

NCO2Me

NH

HN O O

H

H

N NCO2MeH

ONH

H

1. (CH3OCO)2O, KHMDS, THF 90%

2. 2,6-lutidine, TMSOTf, CH2Cl2, 97%

2-180 2-184 2-185

1. LiOH, THF, MeOH, H2O, 50 °C, 20 h, 80%

2. CDI, THF, rt, 15 h, 89%

8

Page 141: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

129

Scheme 9.2.14. Attempted alkylation of bridgehead lactam 2-186

base additive solvent electrophile KHMDS — THF ICH2CH2N3 LDA HMPA THF ICH2CH2N3 nBuLi — THF ICH2CH2N3 nBuLi HMPA THF ICH2CH2N3 NaH — DMF ICH2CH2N3 KHMDS — THF ICH2CN LiHMDS — THF ICH2CN LDA — THF ICH2CN

The next task in the synthesis was the installation of the remaining

quaternary center. However, treatment of twisted amide 2-185 with 1-azido-2-

iodoethane under a variety of conditions, including those successfully utilized

during our previous synthesis effort (cf. Scheme 7.2.4), failed to generate

thedesired alkylated product 2-186 (Scheme 9.2.14). Moreover, the conditions

employed (KHMDS; ICH2CN) by Ma and Zuo to alkylate a similar bridgehead

lactam, notably lacking the methoxy carbonyl, in the course of their syntheses of

communesins A and B (cf. 2-63à2-64, Scheme 5.4.7) also failed to provide the

corresponding alkylated lactam.20

We turned to preparing the bridgehead lactam lacking the methoxy

carbonyl moiety drawing upon our previous observation on the influence of

remote substituents on reactivity, and based upon the precedent established by

Ma and Zuo. To this end, Boc-carbamate 2-180 was deprotected to give amine 2-

187. In this case, removal of the Boc protecting group required initial conversion

to the TBS carbamate followed by fluoride treatment. To our dismay, treatment

N NCO2MeH

ONH

H

N NCO2MeH

ONH

Rconditions

2-185 2-186

Page 142: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

130

of ester 2-187 under the previously established conditions (1. LiOH, 2. CDI, 2-

184à2-185, Scheme 9.2.13) failed to yield any of the desired bridgehead lactam 2-

188 (or 2-189) and resulted only in decomposition. However, treatment of ester 2-

187 with trimethylaluminum for 30 minutes at 0 °C cleanly provided the

bridgehead lactam 2-188 (Scheme 9.2.15).59 The stereochemistry of lactam 2-188

was confirmed through 1H NMR studies. While a very small nOe correlation was

observed between the C(8) alpha proton and the C(11) allylic proton, it was the

absence of a strong nOe correlation between the C(8) alpha proton and the C(6)

aminal proton that proved most informative (2-188a, Scheme 9.2.15). This

observation suggests a trans relationship between the C(8) alpha proton and the

C(6) aminal proton as a strong correlation between the C(8) and C(6) protons

would be expected in the cis epimer 2-188. To the best of our knowledge, this

represents the first example of the construction of a twisted, bridged lactam

using this valuable protocol for the preparation of amides. However, the

construction of a pyrimidalized, fused lactam from an amino ester using

Scheme 9.2.15. Preparation of bridgehead lactam 2-188

NH

NH

BocN O O

H

H

NH

NH

HN O O

H

H

N NHH

ONH

H

2-180 2-187 2-188

N

N

N

O

H

H

TBSOTf, lutidine, CH2Cl2, rt,3 h;

KF, MeOH,rt, 1 h, 94%

AlMe3, CH2Cl2,0 °C, 1 h

87%

HH

8

2-188a

6

19

nOe

11

Page 143: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

131

triisobutylaluminum as reported by Woodward60 as part of his classic synthesis

of cephalosporin C served as useful precedent.

We again set upon installing the remaining quaternary center with

bridgehead lactam 2-188 in hand. Attempts to alkylate the bridgehead lactam

with 1-azido-2-iodoethane under the conditions previously cited (Scheme 9.2.14)

proved unsuccessful. However, treatment of the bridgehead lactam 2-188 with

potassium hexamethyldisilazide (KHMDS) followed by iodoacetonitrile

provided nitrile 2-189 as a single diastereomer. The stereochemistry of the

alkylation reaction was confirmed through 1H NMR studies. Key nOe

correlations were observed between the C(18) proton and the C(6) aminal proton,

and between the C(18) proton and the C(19) proton (2-189a, Scheme 9.2.16).

These results confirm the desired cis relationship of the eventual aminoethyl

groups.

Scheme 9.2.16. Alkylation of bridgehead lactam 2-188

With nitrile 2-189 in hand, we planned to continue with the endgame

employed by Ma and Zuo20 in their syntheses of communesins A and B for the

preparation of the northern aminal (cf. 2-64à2-66, Scheme 5.4.7). Thus, nitrile 2-

189 was reduced with LiAlH4 to give lactol 2-190 (Scheme 9.2.17). We were

surprised, however, to discover that subjecting lactol 2-190 to the reported

reductive amination/cyclization conditions (NH4OAc, NaBH(OAc)3, MeOH, rt,

N NHH

ONH

H

N NHH

ONH

2-188 2-189

CN

N

N

N

O

H

HH

H

HHCN

nOe

nOe

2-189a

H

6

19 18

KHMDS, THF,-78 oC, 0.5 h;ICH2CN, THF,-78 oC, 0.5 h

77%

Page 144: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

132

Scheme 9.2.17. Synthesis of 1”-deoxocommunesin F

48 h) cleanly provided 1”-deoxocommunesin F (2-191), not the expected N-H

aminal 2-192.

While surprising, this result is not without precedent. In fact, it was the

observation that reduction of indoles with NaBH4–AcOH gave rise to N-ethyl

indolines (eq. 1, Scheme 9.2.18)61 that led to the discovery of sodium

triacetoxyborohydride (eq. 2, Scheme 9.2.18).62 Abdel-Magid and coworkers have

extended the utility of sodium triacetoxyborohydride as an outstanding reducing

reagent in reductive amination reactions.63 It has been observed that in the case of

many slow reductive amination reactions (>24 h) performed utilizing sodium

triacetoxyborohydride, the formation of up to 5% N-ethyl derivatives as side

products is not uncommon.63 Whereas the pathway leading to N-ethylation is not

well defined, it does not appear to proceed through reduction of an acetamide.

Rather the triacetoxyborohydride in the presence of excess acetic acid is believed

to undergo a self-reduction to generate acetaldehyde, which then participates in

a typical reductive amination sequence with the amine.61,64

N NHH

ONH

2-189

CN

N NHH

NNH

2-1911"-deoxocommunesin F

HH 1"

1. LiAlH4, THF, 60 °C, 1.5 h

N NHH

ONH

OH

2-190

2. NH4OAc, NaBH(OAc)3, MeOH, rt, 48 h

70% (2 steps)

N NHH

HNN

H

2-192not observed

Page 145: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

133

Scheme 9.2.18. N-Ethylation of indolines with acyloxyborohydrides

A possible reaction pathway for the formation of 1”-deoxocommunesin F (2-191)

from lactol 2-190 is outlined in Scheme 9.2.19. Thus, aldehyde 2-193 undergoes

an initial reductive amination reaction with ammonia to afford the primary

amine 2-194 that could undergo a second reductive amination reaction with in

situ generated acetaldehyde to give N-ethylamine 2-195. Collapse of the

hemiaminal 2-195 is followed by condensation of the N-ethylamine side chain

with the newly formed aldehyde 2-196 to give hemiaminal 2-197. Dehydration of

hemiaminal 2-197 generates an iminium ion intermediate 2-198 that is attacked

by the benzazepine nitrogen to give 1”-deoxocommunesin F. Two key alternative

pathways exist which warrant consideration: (1) the dehydration of hemiaminal

2-194 or 2-195 to give a bridgehead iminium ion which then undergoes

cyclization to afford an aminal, and (2) the late-stage reductive amination of

aminal 2-192 (Scheme 9.2.17) to install the ethyl group. The poor orbital overlap

and the highly strained nature of the bridgehead iminium ion formed by a direct

dehydration of hemiaminal 2-194 or 2-195 makes this pathway seem highly

unlikely. Lastly, the relative rates for the reductive amination of the primary

amine with acetaldehyde (fast) versus the ring opening/ring closing reaction

sequence to form the aminal (slow) should favor a pathway featuring an early-

stage reductive amination.

NH

NH

NEt

NaBH4,AcOH

NaBH4 + 3AcOH NaBH(OAc)3 + 3H2

(eq. 1)

(eq. 2)

Page 146: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

134

Scheme 9.2.19. A proposed synthetic pathway to 1”-deoxocommunesin F

After extensive screening of mild reducing reagents, amine sources, and a

variety of reaction conditions—pH, temperature, and reaction time—we were

able to establish conditions that permitted the conversion of nitrile 2-189 to

communesin F (2-8, Scheme 9.2.20). Thus, nitrile 2-189 was reduced to give the

lactol derivative, which was treated with ammonium chloride in a saturated

methanolic ammonia solution for five hours at room temperature prior to

treatment with sodium cyanoborohydride for 72 hours. These conditions

preclude the generation of any acetaldehyde. Finally, the resulting crude aminal

was directly acetylated to give (±)-communesin F (2-8) whose spectroscopic

properties were identical to those previously reported.5

N NHH

NNH

2-1911"-deoxocommunesin F

HH 1"

N NHH

ONH

OHNH4OAc,NaBH(OAc)3

2-190

N NHH

NH2NH OH

N NHH

NHNH OH

H

O

NaBH(OAc)3

2-194

2-195

N NHH

ONH OH

2-193

N NHH

NHHN

H O

2-196

N NHH

NHN

H HO

N NHH

NNH H

2-1982-197

-H2O

Page 147: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

135

Scheme 9.2.20. Completion of the total synthesis of (±)-communesin F

9.3. Concluding remarks

In conclusion, we identified conditions where indol-2-one itself can be

generated and trapped in Diels–Alder cycloadditions. We have successfully

applied this methodology in a concise total synthesis of the marine natural

product (±)-communesin F. The synthesis, which was completed in 15 linear

steps from 4-bromotryptophol (2-39) in an overall yield of 6.7%, is outlined

below (Scheme 9.3.1). To date this represents the shortest, highest yielding total

synthesis of (±)-communesin F (cf. Section 5.4). Highlights of this synthesis

include: (1) the stereoselective cycloaddition with the parent indol-2-one, (2) an

intramolecular mercuric triflate catalyzed cyclization of a carbamate with an

allylic alcohol, (3) the first preparation of a twisted bridgehead lactam from an

amino ester using trimethylaluminum and (4) the nuances (frustrations) of

N NHH

ONH

CN LiAlH4, THF,60 oC, 1.5 h

N NHH

NNH

O

2-189

2-8communesin F

N NHH

ONH

OH

2-190

N NHH

HNN

H

2-192

NH3, NH4Cl, MeOH, rt, 1 h;NaBH3CN, 72 h

Ac2O, Et3N, DMAP, CH2Cl2rt, 0.5 h

51% (3 steps)

Page 148: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

136

natural product synthesis that are frequently encountered, in this case the

unexpected preparation of 1”-deoxocommunesin F.

Scheme 9.3.1. Total synthesis of (±)-communesin F

NH

BrI

NH

BrOH

I2, PPh3, imid.,CH3CN, Et2O,rt, 4 h

88% NH

BrN3

NaN3, DMF,50 oC, 5 h

95% NH

O

Br

N

Br

NH

N3

O

Ag2CO3,MeCN, rt16 h,

70%

H

+

NTs

NH

Br

H

N3 O OH

TsCl, NaH,THF, 0 oC0.5 h;MeOH, rt16 h, 61% N

TsN

Br

H

N3 O OHMe3OBF4, Cs2CO3,

CH2Cl2, rt, 24 h, 80%

NTs

N

Br

H

BocHN O OHBoc2O, PtO2, H2,

EtOAc, rt, 16 h,

88%NH

N

Br

H

BocHN O OHMg, MeOH,

rt, 18 h,

87%

NH

N

HO

H

BocHN O OHPd(OAc)2,

K2CO3, H2O,DMF, 90 oC,5 h, 93%

OH

NH

NH

BocN O O

H

HHg(OTf)2,CH2Cl2, rt, 20 h,

86%NH

NH

HN O O

H

HTBSOTf, lutidine, CH2Cl2, rt,3 h;

KF, MeOH,rt, 1 h, 94%

AlMe3, CH2Cl2,0 oC, 1 h,

87% N NHH

ONH

H

KHMDS, THF,-78 oC, 0.5 h;ICH2CN, THF,-78 oC, 0.5 h

77%N N

HH

ONH

CN LiAlH4, THF,60 oC, 1.5 h

N NHH

NNH

O

2-394-bromotryptophol

2-199 2-159 2-161

2-157 2-167 2-168

2-169 2-171 2-177

2-180 2-187 2-188

2-189

2-8communesin F

N NHH

ONH

OH

2-190

N NHH

HNN

H

2-192

NH3, NH4Cl, MeOH, rt, 1 h;NaBH3CN, 72 h

Ac2O, Et3N, DMAP, CH2Cl2rt, 0.5 h

51% (3 steps)

Page 149: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

137

Chapter 10. Experimental

10.1. Materials and Methods

Unless otherwise stated, all reactions were performed in flame-dried

round-bottomed flasks. The flasks were fitted with rubber septa and reactions

were conducted under a positive pressure of nitrogen. Syringes or cannulae were

used to transfer air- and moisture sensitive liquids. Organic solutions were

concentrated on rotary evaporators at ~10 Torr at 30 °C. Anhydrous acetonitrile

(CH3CN), benzene (PhH), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2Cl2),

diethyl ether (Et2O), toluene, triethylamine (Et3N), methanol (MeOH) and

dimethylformamide (DMF) were obtained by passing commercially available

pre-dried, oxygen-free formulations through activated alumina columns. All

other commercial reagents and solvents were used as received without further

purification, unless otherwise noted. Analytical thin–layer chromatography

(TLC) was performed using Al plates (Merck 60F-254) visualized by exposure to

ultraviolet light and an aqueous solution of ceric ammonium molybdate (CAM).

Flash column chromatography was performed as described by Still et al. using

silica gel (SiO2) (60-Å pore size, 32–63 µm, standard grade, Dynamic

Adsorbents).65 Silica gel was deactivated by washing, in order, with Et3N, EtOAc,

and then hexanes. NMR spectra were recorded on Bruker 300, 360 or 400 MHz

spectrometers and referenced from the residual undeuterated solvent in the

NMR solvent (CHCl3: δ 7.26, C6D6: 7.16, d6-acetone: 2.05). Data is reported as

Page 150: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

138

follows: chemical shift [multiplicity (s = singlet, d = doublet, t = triplet, m =

multiplet), coupling constant(s) in Hertz, integration]. Carbon-13 NMR spectra

were recorded on Bruker 300, 360 or 400 MHz spectrometers and referenced

from the carbon resonances of the solvent (CDCl3: δ 77.00, C6D6: 128.39, d6-

acetone: 29.90). Data is reported as follows: chemical shift. Infrared data (IR)

were obtained with a Perkin-Elmer 1600 IR, and are reported as follows:

frequency of absorption (cm–1). Melting points were obtained on a Thomas

Hoover melting point apparatus and are uncorrected.

10.2. Preparative Procedures

Propargyl alcohol 2-106: To a solution of aldehyde 2-10534 (22.5 g, 62.6 mmol) in

THF (300 mL) at –78 °C was added ethynylmagnesium bromide (0.5 Min THF,

138 mL, 68.9 mmol) dropwise. The mixture warmed to rt. After 1 h at rt, a

saturated NH4Cl solution (250 mL) and EtOAc (400 mL) were added sequentially

to the mixture. The resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was

extracted two times with EtOAc (200 mL). The combined organic extracts were

washed once with brine (250 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in

vacuo to give 23.7 g (95%) of 2-106 as yellow oil that was taken on without further

purification.

Page 151: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

139

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.44 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.09 (m, 2H),

5.72 (s, 1H), 4.14 (d, J = 9.5, 1H), 3.56 (d, J = 11.0, 1H), 2.25 (s, 6H), 1.93 (s, 3H),

1.69 (p, J = 7.5, 3H), 1.14 (s, 9H), 1.12 (s, 9H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 143.4,

135.5, 132.4, 126.2, 121.6, 120.1, 114.4, 114.0, 81.7, 81.4, 64.3, 57.3, 44.0, 18.0, 12.8,

3.9. IR (thin film): 2948, 2867, 2233, 1555 cm–1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C24H39N2OSi

[M+H]+: 399.2832, Found: 399.2836.

Propargyl acetate S2-1: To a solution of alcohol 2-106 (12.8 g, 32.1 mmol) in

CH2Cl2 (130 mL) at 0 °C was added Et3N (22.4 mL, 161 mmol), 4-

(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.980 g, 8.03 mmol), and acetic anhydride (7.59 mL,

80.3 mmol). The mixture was warmed to rt. After 12 h, water (250 mL) and

CH2Cl2 (250 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting layers

were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted one time with CH2Cl2 (100

mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (25% EtOAc/Hex) to give 11.9 g (84%) of S2-1 as pale yellow

oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.59 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.2

Hz, 1H), 7.19 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 3.50 (d, J = 12.9 Hz, 1H), 3.45 (d, J =

12.9 Hz, 1H), 2.21 (s, 6H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 1.91 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 3H), 1.69 (p, J = 7.4 Hz,

3H), 1.15 (s, 9H), 1.13 (s, 9H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 170.0, 142.6, 132.4,

Page 152: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

140

129.7, 128.1, 121.4, 119.6, 115.8, 114.5, 83.1, 65.0, 56.4, 44.9, 21.4, 18.1, 12.8, 4.0. IR

(thin film): 2947, 2868, 2765, 1740 cm–1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C26H41N2O2Si

[M+H]+: 441.2937, Found: 441.2940.

Allene 2-107: To a suspension of CuI (17.9 g, 94.2 mmol) and LiBr (8.20 g, 94.2

mmol) in THF (300 mL) at 0 °C was added methylmagnesium bromide (3 M in

Et2O, 63.0 mL, 188 mmol) dropwise. After 0.5 h, a solution of acetate S2-1 (8.30 g,

18.8 mmol) in THF (95 mL) was added dropwise via cannula. The mixture was

slowly warmed to rt. After 12 h, a saturated NH4Cl solution (250 mL) and EtOAc

(400 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting layers were

separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted three times with EtOAc (250 mL).

The combined organic extracts were washed four times with NH4OH (3M, 250

mL), water (250 mL), and brine (250 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (20% EtOAc/Hex) to give 6.79 g (91%) of 2-107 as pale yellow

oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.31 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14

(m, 1H), 7.09 (m, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 1.85 (s, 6H), 1.70 (p, J = 7.5 Hz,

3H), 1.16 (s, 9H), 1.14 (s, 9H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 203.9, 142.7, 131.8,

128.9, 128.2, 121.6, 118.8, 116.1, 111.9, 97.0, 90.8, 56.8, 45.1, 20.4, 20.4, 18.1, 12.8. IR

Page 153: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

141

(thin film): 2946, 2868, 2762, 1950, 1557 cm–1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C25H41N2Si

[M+H]+: 397.3039, Found: 397.3060.

Nitrile 2-108: To a solution of amine 2-107 (7.32 g, 18.5 mmol) in PhH (62 mL) at

5 °C was added MeI (8.55 mL, 92.3 mmol). The mixture was warmed to rt. After 8

h at rt, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude semi-solid was

suspended in Et2O (100 mL) and collected by filtration to give the crude

ammonium salt. To a solution of the salt in DMF (37 mL) was added a solution of

potassium cyanide (1.3 Min H2O, 57.0 mL, 73.8 mmol). The mixture was warmed

to 80 °C. After 6 h, the mixture was diluted with Et2O (200 mL). The resulting

layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted one time with Et2O

(50 mL). The combined combined organic extracts were washed three times with

water (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude solid was

purified by flash column chromatography (15% EtOAc/Hex) to give 2.46 g (60%)

of 2-108 as a white solid.

1H NMR (400 MHz, C6D6): δ 7.40 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.82

(d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (broad s, 1H), 6.39 (p, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (s, 2H), 1.69 (s,

3H), 1.68 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 204.2, 137.3, 128.4, 123.8, 123.1,

122.8, 119.4, 118.6, 109.8, 104.6, 98.4, 89.5, 20.2, 17.0. IR (thin film): 3411, 2910,

2251, 1953 cm–1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C15H15N2 [M+H]+: 223.1235, Found:

223.1214. M.P. (EtOAc/Hex): 98–101 °C.

Page 154: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

142

N-methyl indole S2-2: To a solution of indole 2-108 (1.76 g, 7.93 mmol) in THF

(27 mL) at 0 °C was added NaH (60% in oil, 380 mg, 9.51 mmol) portion-wise

over 0.1 h. After 0.5 h, MeI (0.543 mL, 8.72 mmol) was added dropwise. After 1 h,

a saturated NH4Cl solution (50 mL) and Et2O (100 mL) were added sequentially

to the mixture. The resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was

extracted two times with Et2O (50 mL). The combines combined organic extracts

were dried (MgSO4), filtered concentrated in vacuo. The crude solid was purified

by flash column chromatography (10% EtOAc/Hex) to give 1.84 g (98%) of S2-2

as a white solid.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.21 (dd, J = 9.0, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.11 (s,

1H), 6.49 (p, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.85 (s, 3H). 13C

NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 204.2, 138.1, 128.5, 128.2, 123.5, 122.4, 119.0, 118.5, 107.8,

103.1, 98.3, 89.5, 32.8, 20.2, 16.9. IR (thin film): 2910, 2248, 1951, 1607 cm–1. HRMS

(ESI): calc. for C16H17N2 [M+H]+: 237.1392, Found: 237.1378. M.P. (EtOAc/Hex):

109–110 °C.

Tryptamine 2-109: To solution of nitrile S2-2 (3.25 g, 13.8 mmol) in Et2O (70 mL)

at 0 °C was added LiAlH4 (2.09 g, 55.0 mmol) portion-wise over 0.3 h. After 1 h at

Page 155: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

143

0 °C, the mixture was carefully quenched with water (5 mL). The thick slurry was

diluted with Et2O (150 mL). The resulting suspension was filtered and the filter

cake washed with Et2O (150 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried

(MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2/0.05% NH4OH) to give 2.45 g (74%) of 2-

109 as yellow oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.16-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 6.68 (sept, J = 2.8 Hz,

1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.05 (app. s, 4H), 1.85 (s, 3H), 1.84 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz,

CDCl3): δ 203.8, 138.1, 128.9, 127.9, 124.7, 121.6, 118.0, 112.2, 107.3, 97.9, 90.2, 42.9,

32.9, 31.7, 20.3. IR (thin film): 2932, 1950 cm–1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C16H21N2

[M+H]+: 241.1705, Found: 241.1693.

Amine 2-110: To a solution of amine 2-109 (520 mg, 2.16 mmol) in MeOH (11 mL)

was added 2,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (378 mg, 2.27 mmol). After 16 h at rt,

NaBH4 (82.0 mg, 2.16 mmol) was added to the mixture. After 1h, a saturated

solution of NaHCO3 (10 mL) was added to the mixture. The biphasic mixture

was concentrated in vacuo to remove volatile organics. The aqueous layer was

extracted three times with EtOAc (10 mL). The combined organic extracts were

dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by

flash column chromatography (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2/0.05% NH4OH) to give 0.725

g (86%) of 2-110 as pale yellow oil.

Page 156: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

144

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.15-7.08 (m, 4H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.67 (sept, J = 2.8 Hz,

1H), 6.42-6.40 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 6.68 (s, 3H), 3.12 (t, J

= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (t, J = 7.1, Hz, 2H), 1.84 (s, 3H), 1.83 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz,

CDCl3): δ 203.8, 159.9, 158.4, 138.0, 130.2, 128.9, 127.6, 124.8, 121.5, 120.8, 117.9,

112.7, 107.2, 103.5, 98.3, 97.7, 90.2, 55.2, 55.0, 49.8, 48.9, 32.5, 28.0, 20.3. IR (thin

film): 2934, 2834, 1950, 1613, 1588 cm–1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C25H31N2O2 [M+H]+:

391.2386, Found: 391.2395.

Benzoaxazinone 2-112: To a Parr reactor containing a solution of 2-nitromandelic

acid (2-111, 20.0 g, 101 mmol)36 in MeOH (338 mL) was added K2CO3 (35.0 g, 254

mmol) and Pd/C (5 wt. % Pd on activated carbon, 2.00 g). The reactor was

flushed with N2 gas, and then sealed. The reactor was cooled to 0 °C, then

purged (pressurized to 100 psi, then vented) three times with H2 gas before being

charged to 400 psi. After 24 h, the reactor was carefully vented. The mixture was

filtered through a short pad of celite (EtOAc) and concentrated in vacuo. This

gave 19.8 g (95%) of the crude potassium salt, which was used immediately

without further purification.

To a solution of the crude aniline (19.8 g, 96.5 mmol) in toluene (500 mL) and

water (500 mL) was added Na2CO3 (11.8 g, 112 mmol) followed by phosgene

(20% in toluene, 58.5 mL, 112 mmol) dropwise. The biphasic mixture was stirred

vigorously. After 12 h, tthe resulting layers were separated. The aqueous layer

Page 157: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

145

was acidified using a 2 M HCl solution. Upon standing a precipitate formed. The

precipitate was collected by filtration to give 16.6 g (89%) of 2-112 as an off-white

solid that was taken on without further purification. A portion was triturated

with Et2O to give a spectroscopically pure sample for characterization.

1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-acetone): δ 9.20 (s, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (t, J =

7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (s, 1H). 13C NMR

(75 MHz, d6-acetone): δ 169.8, 150.9, 136.8, 130.6, 127.0, 123.6, 117.3, 114.9, 77.0. IR

(thin film): 3270, 1732 cm–1. M.P.: 186 °C (decomposition).

Benzyl ester S2-3: To a solution of acid 2-112 (12.7 g, 65.8 mmol) in DMF (270

mL) was added benzyl bromide (8.60 mL, 72.4 mmol) followed by Cs2CO3 (24.7

g, 75.7 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 50 °C. After 5 h, the mixture was

cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (1.25 L). The combined organic extracts were

washed five times with water (500 mL) and one time with brine (250 mL), dried

(MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude solid was triturated with

Et2O to give 13.5 g (72%) of S2-3 as an off-white solid.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.99 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.28 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.24 (m, 2H),

7.06 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (s, 1H), 5.24 (d, J = 12.3 Hz,

1H), 5.15 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 167.7, 151.6, 134.8,

134.6, 130.2, 128.6, 128.5, 128.0, 125.8, 123.6, 115.2, 114.8, 67.8. IR (thin film):1743,

1739 cm–1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C16H14NO4 [M+H]+: 284.0923, Found: 284.0905.

M.P.: 163–165 °C.

Page 158: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

146

Imide 2-113: To a solution of oxazinone S2-3 (3.00 g, 10.6 mmol) in THF (70 mL)

at –78 °C was added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 4.45 mL, 11.1 mmol) dropwise.

After 1 h, ethyl chloroformate (1.10 mL, 11.7 mmol) was added dropwise. The

mixture was warmed to rt. After 12 h at rt, a saturated NH4Cl solution (100 mL)

and Et2O (300 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting layers

were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with Et2O (50 mL).

The combined organic extracts were washed once with brine (50 mL), dried

(MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash

column chromatography (25% EtOAc/Hex) to give 3.27 g (87%) of 2-113 as

colorless oil.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.65 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36-

7.31 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.24 (m, 3H), 5.66 (s, 1H), 5.27 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (d, J =

12.2 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (m, 2H), 1.36 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ

166.8 151.6, 148.0, 134.4, 134.2, 129.8, 128.6, 128.6, 128.1, 125.9, 122.3, 121.5, 76.3,

68.1, 64.4, 13.9. IR (thin film): 1770, 1602 cm–1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C19H18NO6

[M+H]+: 356.1134, Found: 356.1131.

Acid S2-4: To a Parr reactor containing a solution of ester 2-113 (3.27 g, 9.21

mmol) in EtOAc (92 mL) was added Pd/C (5 wt. % Pd on activated carbon, 0.327

Page 159: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

147

g). The reactor was flushed with N2 gas, and then sealed. The reactor was purged

(pressurized to 100 psi, then vented) three times with H2 gas before being

charged to 400 psi. After 24 h, the reactor was carefully vented. The mixture was

filtered through a pad of celite (EtOAc) and concentrated in vacuo. This gave 2.33

g (95%) of S2-4 as thick, yellow oil that was taken on without further

purification.

1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6): δ 7.59 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H),

7.46 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 4.35 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H),

1.32 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, acetone-d6): δ 168.8, 152.3, 148.6, 135.3,

130.3, 127.3, 126.5, 124.2, 121.7, 76.6, 64.7, 14.2. IR (thin film): 1794, 1752 cm–1.

HRMS (ESI): calc. for C12H12NO6 [M+H]+: 266.0665, Found: 266.0647.

Amide 2-104: To a suspension of NaH (95%, 366 mg, 14.5 mmol) in PhH (2 mL)

was added acid S2-4 (385 mg, 1.45 mmol) in PhH (7 mL) via cannula over 0.5 h.

After 1 h, oxalyl chloride (0.635 mL, 7.25 mmol) was added to the mixture. After

5 h, the mixture was diluted with Et2O (10 mL). The resulting suspension was

filtered and the filter cake washed with Et2O (5 mL). The combined organic

extracts were concentrated in vacuo. This gave 390 mg (95%) of acid chloride 2-

114 as thick, yellow oil that was used immediately without further purification.

To a solution of amine 2-110 (490 mg, 1.25 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (13 mL) was added

iPr2NEt (0.635 mL, 3.75 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and a

N NCO2Et

•DMBN O

O

O

NCO2Et

O

OCl

O

N

• NHDMB

iPr2NEt, CH2Cl2,rt, 16 h

78%

Page 160: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

148

solution of acid chloride 2-114 (390 mg, 1.38 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (7 mL) was added

dropwise. The mixture was warmed to rt and after 16 h, water (20 mL) and

CH2Cl2 (20 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting layers

were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted two times with CH2Cl2 (10

mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (30% EtOAc/Hex) to give 622 mg (78%) of 2-104 as yellow oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): (mixture of rotamers and diastereomers) δ 7.69 (d, J

= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (ddd, J = 8.6, 6.1, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J

= 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.15-7.13 (m, 6.5H), 7.07-7.03 (m, 3.8H), 6.77 (m,

1.8H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 6.58 (m, 1H), 6.54 (m, 1H), 6.42 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H),

6.40 (s, 1H), 6.38 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (m, 4H), 6.28 (s, 2H), 5.26 (s, 0.8H), 4.87

(d, J = 15.6 Hz, 0.9H), 4.5-4.3 (m, 8.5H), 3.79 (m, 6H), 3.78 (m, 9.8 H), 3.75 (m,

3.8H), 3.67 (m, 3.2H), 3.56 (s, 1H), 3.52 (s, 1H), 3.50 (s, 5.8H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.22-

2.93 (m, 6H), 1.83-1.78 (m, 17H), 1.45 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 6H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). 13C

NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 204.0, 203.9, 166.1, 165.5, 161.0, 160.4, 158.6, 158.5, 152.2,

151.8, 138.3, 138.1, 135.4, 135.0, 131.0, 130.6, 129.0, 128.9, 128.8, 128.5, 128.1, 125.6,

125.5, 125.3, 124.6, 124.4, 122.4, 122.1, 121.5, 118.6, 117.9, 117.0, 115.5, 110.9, 109.9,

108.0, 107.4, 104.1, 104.0, 98.6, 98.4, 98.2, 98.0, 90.0, 89.6, 75.8, 74.7, 64.2, 64.0, 55.4,

55.3, 55.1, 48.0, 47.4, 46.6, 43.0, 32.8, 32.6, 26.3, 24.6, 20.4, 20.3, 14.2, 14.0. IR (thin

film): 2938, 1806, 1770, 1738 cm–1.

Page 161: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

149

Pentacycle 2-103: To a solution of amide 2-104 (155 mg, 0.243 mmol) in

dichloroethane (5 mL) was added Y(OTf)3 (13.0 mg, 0.024 mmol). The mixture

was heated to reflux and stirred for 8 h. The mixture was then filtered through a

plug of SiO2 and rinsed with DCM (24 mL). The solution was concentrated in

vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column chromatography (25%

EtOAc/Hex) to give 105 mg (73%) of 2-103 as colorless oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.97 (m, 1H), 8.17 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.05-6.93 (m,

3H), 7.58 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.49 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 7.7

Hz, 1H), 5.91 (sept., J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (br. s, 1H), 5.17 (d, J = 14.4 Hz, 1H), 4.27

(d, J = 14.5 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 4.10 (br. s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 1H), 3.81 (m, 7H), 3.57

(ddd, J = 12.7, 12.7, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (ddd, J = 12.9, 4.6, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H),

2.33 (ddd, J = 13.1, 13.1, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 2.16 (m, 6H), 1.22 (m, 3H). 13C NMR (75

MHz, CDCl3): δ 204.1, 168.1, 160.3, 158.7, 151.7, 138.4, 132.5, 131.5, 131.3, 128.2,

126.1, 126.0, 125.7, 125.1, 118.2, 117.3, 104.3, 103.8, 98.3, 97.6, 90.1, 85.9, 62.0, 55.6,

55.3, 44.5, 44.3, 44.0, 34.7, 30.9, 20.4, 19.9, 14.3. IR (thin film): 2937, 1697, 1639,

1612, 1585 cm–1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C36H40N3O5 [M+H]+: 594.2968, Found:

594.2966.

N NCO2Et

•DMBN O

O

O N NCO2EtH

•DMBN O

H10 mol% Y(OTf)3,ClCH2CH2Cl,90 °C, 8 h

73%

Page 162: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

150

Azide 2-102: To a solution of amide 2-103 (135 mg, 0.227 mmol) in THF (3.8 mL)

at –40 °C was added nBuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 0.227 mL, 0.569 mmol) dropwise.

After 1 h, freshly distilled HMPA (0.115 mL) was added to the mixture. After 0.5

h, azido iodoethane was added dropwise. After 0.5 h at –40 °C, a saturated NH4-

Cl solution (5 mL) and Et2O (10 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The

resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extrtacted one time

with Et2O (10 mL). The combined combined organic extracts were washed with

brine (5 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil

was purified by flash column chromatography (15% EtOAc/Hex) to give 68.0 mg

(45%) of 2-102 as white foam.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.38 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.97

(m, 3H), 6.86 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (m, 2H) 6.37 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.15 (d, J =

7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.96 (m, 1H), 5.62 (s, 1H), 5.46 (d, J = 14.4 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (m, 2H), 3.82

(s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.72 (d, J = 14.5 Hz, 1H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m,

1H), 2.42 (ddd, J = 13.1, 13.1, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (m, 2H), 1.95 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H),

1.80 (m, 6H), .1.26 (m, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 204.0, 171.2, 160.5, 158.9,

151.0, 138.1, 132.9, 132.4, 130.8, 128.3, 127.7, 127.1, 126.8, 126.6, 125.9, 119.9, 117.4,

104.8, 104.3, 98.6, 97.1, 90.9, 83.3, 62,4, 59.0, 55.4, 55.3, 49.1, 47.2, 44.4, 44.0, 35.3,

31.2, 29.6, 21.0, 20.1, 14.4. IR (thin film): 2938, 2097, 1698, 1634 cm–1. HRMS (ESI):

calc. for C38H43N6O5 [M+H]+: 663.3295, Found: 663.3269.

Page 163: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

151

Amine 2-116: To a solution of azide 2-102 (30.0 mg, 0.045 mmol) in THF (0.9 mL)

was added PPh3 (18.0 mg, 0.068 mmol). After 1 h at rt, water (16 µL, 0.91 mmol)

was added to the mixture. After 16 h at rt, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo.

The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography (5%

MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give 21.0 mg (72%) of 2-116 as a colorless film.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.43 (m, 1H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 6.96 (s, 3H), 6.84 (t, J =

7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.47 ( m, 2H), 6.36 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.13 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.96 (s,

1H), 5.61 (s, 1H), 5.40 (d, J = 14.6 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (br. s, 2H), 3.80 (m, 7H), 3.31 (m,

2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 2.46 (m, 2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.01 (s, 2H), 1.94 (d, J =

14.7 Hz, 1H), 1.79 (m, 6H), 1.15 (br. s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 204.0,

172.1, 160.2, 158.8, 151.0, 138.0, 133.6, 132.9, 130.6, 128.1, 128.0, 127.0, 126.2, 124.8,

119.8, 117.6, 104.2, 104.2, 98.4, 96.9, 91.0, 83.4, 62.1, 59.2, 55.4, 55.3, 47.7, 44.3, 39.5,

31.2, 29.5, 22.6, 20.8, 20.1, 14.6. IR (thin film): 2938, 1695, 1932 cm-1. HRMS (ESI):

calc. for C38H45N4O5 [M+H]+: 637.3390, Found: 637.3376.

4-bromo-3-(2-iodoethyl)-1H-indole (2-200): To a solution of 4-bromotryptophol

(2-39) (4.99 g, 20.7 mmol) in CH3CN (140 mL) and Et2O (140 mL) was added

imidazole (1.97 g, 29.0 mmol), triphenyl phosphine (7.06 g, 26.9 mmol) and

NH

BrI

NH

BrOH

I2, PPh3, imid.,CH3CN, Et2O,rt, 4 h

88%

Page 164: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

152

iodine (7.35 g, 29.0 mmol). After 4 h, a 10% Na2S2O3 solution (100 mL) was added

to the mixture. The mixture was stirred vigorously for 0.25 h. The resulting layers

were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted three times with Et2O (150

mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (15% EtOAc/Hex) to give 6.39 g (88%) of 2-200 as yellow oil.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.09 (br. s, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (d, J =

7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ

137.4, 124.9, 124.1, 124.0, 123.0, 116.0, 113.8, 110.6, 30.7, 8.5. IR (thin film): 3423

cm-1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C10H9NBr [M-I]-: 221.9918, Found: 221.9903.

3-(2-azidoethyl)-4-bromo-1H-indole (2-159): To a solution of iodide 2-200 (7.05 g,

20.1 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added NaN3 (2.61 g, 40.2 mmol). The mixture

was warmed to 50 °C. After 5 h, water (200 mL) was added to the mixture. The

mixture was extracted three times with Et2O (100 mL). The combined organic

extracts were washed with five times with water (50 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered

and concentrated in vacuo. This gave 5.08 g (95%) of 2-159 as yellow oil that was

taken on without further purification.

1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.13 (br. s, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J =

6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.03 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (t, J =

7.1 Hz, 2H). 13C NMR (90 MHz, CDCl3): δ 137.5, 125.1, 124.4, 124.0, 123.0, 114.0,

NH

BrN3

NH

BrI

NaN3, DMF,50 oC, 5 h

95%

Page 165: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

153

113.0, 110.6, 52.7, 25.8. IR (thin film): 3423, 2929, 2100 cm-1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for

C10H10N4Br [M+H]+: 265.0089, Found: 265.0103.

Cycloadduct 2-157: To a solution of indole 2-159 (4.93 g, 18.5 mmol) in CH3CN

(60 mL) in a foil covered flask was added 3-bromooxindole (2-161, 6.29 g, 29.7

mmol)53 followed by Ag2CO3 (4.09 g, 14.8 mmol). After 16 h, the mixture was

filtered through a short pad of celite (acetone) and concentrated in vacuo. The

crude solid was purified by flash column chromatography (5% acetone/CH2Cl2)

to give 5.14 g (70%) of 2-157 as a pale yellow solid.

1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H),

7.53 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J =

7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (s, 1H), 3.45 (ddd,

J = 15.0, 7.9, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (ddd, J = 12.7, 7.3, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (ddd, J = 12.5,

7.3, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (ddd, J = 12.4, 7.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (90 MHz, CDCl3): δ

177.4, 174.4, 158.1, 140.9, 136.6, 131.1, 130.4, 128.8, 124.1, 123.9, 122.1, 118.4, 109.8,

64.7, 47.0, 46.2, 28.1. IR (thin film): 3028, 2101, 1703 cm-1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for

C18H15N3OBr [M-N2+H]+: 368.0398, Found: 368.0394.

NH

Br

N3

NH

O

Br

N

Br

NH

N3

O

Ag2CO3,MeCN, rt16 h,

70%

H+

Page 166: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

154

Tosyl aminal 2-167: To a solution of oxindole 2-157 (1.26 g, 3.18 mmol) in THF

(65 mL) at 0 °C were added tosyl chloride (0.618 g, 3.24 mmol) followed by NaH

(60% in oil, 0.267 g, 6.68 mmol) portion-wise over 0.25 h. After 1 h, MeOH (12.9

mL, 318 mmol) was added dropwise. After 12 h at rt, a saturated NH4Cl solution

(50 mL) and EtOAc (100 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The

resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted three times

with EtOAc (30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50

mL) and brine (50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4),

filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude solid was purified by flash column

chromatography (10% EtOAc/Hex) to give 1.13 g (61%) of 2-167 as a colorless

solid.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.74 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.22

(m, 3H), 7.07 (td, J = 8.1, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (td, J = 7.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (t, J = 7.9

Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (s, 1H), 5.04 (s, 1H),

4.86 (s, 1H), 3.39 (ddd, J = 12.4, 9.4, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 3.03 (ddd, J = 12.4,

9.1, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.62 (ddd, J = 14.0, 9.1, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (ddd, J = 14.0, 9.4, 6.5

Hz, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 169.5, 150.6, 143.8, 136.2, 130.2,

129.3, 129.2, 128.6, 128.4, 127.8, 125.6, 125.2, 123.6, 122.5, 118.3, 107.8, 78.9, 56.7,

51.8, 47.8, 47.5, 34.2, 21.5. IR (thin film): 3402, 2952, 2099, 1733 cm-1. HRMS (ESI):

calc. for C26H25N5O4SBr [M+H]+: 582.0811, Found: 582.0800. M.P.: 133-136 °C.

NTs

NH

Br

H

N3 O OH

N

Br

NH

N3

O

TsCl, NaH,THF, 0 oC0.5 h;MeOH, rt16 h, 61%

H

Page 167: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

155

Methyl aminal 2-168: To a solution of aminal 2-167 (1.66 g, 2.85 mmol) in CH2Cl2

(55 mL) was added Me3OBF4 (0.842 g, 5.70 mmol). After 0.5 h, Cs2CO3 (1.02 g,

3.13 mmol) was added to the mixture. After 24 h, a saturated NaHCO3 solution

(30 mL) and CH2Cl2 (50 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The

resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted two times

with CH2Cl2 (30 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered

and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (10% EtOAc/Hex) to give 1.35 g (80%) of 2-168 as white foam.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.78 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H),

7.16-7.09 (m, 4H), 6.96 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J = 8.0

Hz, 1H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 6.14 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (s, 1H), 3.19 (ddd, J = 12.3, 9.4,

6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.98 (ddd, J = 12.3, 9.1, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 2.82

(ddd, J = 13.6, 9.1, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 2.46 (ddd, J = 13.7, 9.3, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H). 13C

NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 169.0, 152.3, 143.4, 136.3, 135.3, 131.3, 130.3, 129.3, 128.7,

128.5, 128.4, 126.3, 125.8, 124.2, 122.0, 117.9, 104.1, 83.7, 56.9, 51.7, 48.1, 47.7, 33.7,

30.5, 21.4. IR (thin film): 2952, 2099, 1738 cm-1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for

C27H27N5O4BrS [M+H]+: 596.0967, Found: 596.0955.

NTs

N

Br

H

N3 O OH

NTs

NH

Br

H

N3 O OH Me3OBF4, Cs2CO3,

CH2Cl2, rt, 24 h, 80%

Page 168: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

156

Carbamate 2-169: To a solution of azide 2-168 (1.35 g, 2.27 mmol) in EtOAc (45

mL) was added Boc2O (1.48 g, 6.90 mmol) followed by PtO2 (135 mg). The

mixture was stirred vigorously under an atmosphere of hydrogen (1 atm,

balloon). After 16 h, the mixture was sparged with nitrogen gas, filtered through

a plug of celite (EtOAc) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by

flash column chromatography (15% EtOAc/Hex) to give 1.34 g (88%) of 2-169 as

colorless gummy solid.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.77 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H),

7.13-7.05 (m, 4H), 6.93 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (d, J = 8.0

Hz, 1H), 6.16 (s, 1H), 6.09 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 4.35 (br. s, 1H), 3.10 (s,

3H), 3.02 (m, 4H), 2.82-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.36 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H). 13C

NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 168.9, 155.5, 152.1, 143.2, 136.4, 135.3, 131.4, 130.3, 129.2,

128.6, 128.4, 128.3, 126.3, 126.2, 124.1, 122.0, 117.9, 104.0, 83.9, 78.6, 57.1, 51.5, 48.4,

36.7, 34.6, 30.3, 28.3, 21.3. IR (thin film): 3410, 2977, 2251, 1732, 1713, 1694 cm-1.

HRMS (ESI): calc. for C32H37N3O6SBr [M+H]+: 670.1586, Found: 670.1605.

Aminal 2-171: To a solution of tosyl amide 2-169 (1.69 g, 2.53 mmol) in MeOH

(130 mL) at 0 °C was added Mg (0.614 g, 25.3 mmol) portion-wise over 1 h. The

NTs

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH

NTs

N

Br

H

N3 O OH Boc2O, PtO2, H2,

EtOAc, rt, 16 h,

88%

NH

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH

NTs

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH Mg, MeOH,

rt, 18 h,

87%

Page 169: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

157

mixture was warmed to rt. After 18 h at rt, a saturated NH4Cl solution (100 mL)

and EtOAc (200 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The mixture was

stirred vigorously for 0.5 h. The resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous

layer was extracted two times with EtOAc (100 mL). The combined organic

extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo. The crude yellow oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (25% EtOAc/Hex) to give 1.14 g (87%) of 2-171 as yellow oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.04-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.85 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J =

8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (d, J = 7.7 Hz,

1H), 4.78 (s, 1H), 4.66 (s, 1H), 4.52 (s, 1H), 4.46 (br. s, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.20 (m,

1H), 2.93 (m, 1H), 2.53 (m, 1H), 2.08 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s, 9H). 13C NMR (75 MHz,

CDCl3): δ 171.9, 155.6, 152.1, 141.8, 129.8, 128.4, 128.2, 128.1, 122.7, 120.5, 118.8,

118.7, 114.6, 105.9, 79.5, 78.9, 52.2, 49.8, 48.2, 36.9, 32.0, 30.5, 29.6, 28.3. IR (thin

film): 3392, 2977, 1732, 1694 cm-1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C25H31N3O4Br [M+H]+:

516.1498, Found: 516.1506.

Boc-aminal 2-172: To a mixture of aminal 2-171 (50.0 mg, 0.097 mmol) and Boc2O

(106 mg, 0.482 mmol) in THF (1.9 mL) at 0 ºC was added a solution of KHMDS

(0.5 Min toluene, 0.581 mL, 0.291 mmol). After 1 h at 0 ºC, a saturated NH4Cl

solution (2 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The

resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with

EtOAc (5 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed once with brine (5

NH

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH

NBoc

N

Br

H

BocHN O OHBoc2O,

KHMDS,rt, 1.25 h

97%

Page 170: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

158

mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was

purified by flash column chromatography (15% EtOAc/Hex) to give 58 mg (97%)

of 2-172 as colorless oil.

1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.17 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (br. s, 1H), 6.94 (m, 1H),

6.70 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (s, 1H), 6.02 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H),

5.18-5.01 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.51 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s,

18H).

Alcohol 2-173: To a solution of bromide 2-172 (58.0 mg, 0.094 mmol) in DMF

(0.940 mL) and H2O (0.940 mL) was added Pd(OAc)2 (5.0 mg, 0.02 mmol), K2CO3

(26.0 mg, 0.187 mmol) and 2-methyl-3-buten-2-ol (0.440 mL, 4.21 mmol). The

mixture was warmed to 90 °C. After 5 h, water (3 mL) and Et2O (5 mL) were

added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting layers were separated, and the

aqueous layer was extracted one time with Et2O (4 mL). The combined organic

extracts were washed five times with water (5 mL), once with brine (10 mL),

dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude brown oil was

purified by flash column chromatography (20% EtOAc/Hex) to give 31 mg (53%)

of 2-173 as colorless oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.09 (br. s, 2H), 6.97 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (m, 2H),

6.84 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.20 (d, J = 15.7 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (s, 1H),

NBoc

N

HO

H

BocHN O OH

NBoc

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH Pd(OAc)2,

K2CO3, H2O,DMF, 90 °C,

5h, 53%

OH

Page 171: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

159

5.97 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.51 (br. s, 1H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 2.84 (s,

3H), 2.46 (t, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 1.71 (s, 6H), 1.47 (s, 18H).

Alcohol 2-177: To a solution of bromide 2-171 (978 mg, 1.89 mmol) in DMF (19

mL) and H2O (19 mL) was added Pd(OAc)2 (85.0 mg, 0.379 mmol), K2CO3 (524

mg, 3.79 mmol) and 2-methyl-3-buten-2-ol (8.90 mL, 85.2 mmol). The mixture

was warmed to 90 °C. After 5 h, water (40 mL) and Et2O (50 mL) were added

sequentially to the mixture. The resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous

layer was extracted one time with Et2O (30 mL). The combined organic extracts

were washed five times with water (20 mL), once with brine (20 mL), dried

(MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude brown oil was purified by

flash column chromatography (25% EtOAc/Hex) to give 0.916 g (93%) of 2-177 as

colorless oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.11 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.98-

6.91 (m, 2H), 6.83 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J = 7.9 Hz,

1H), 6.42 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J = 15.7 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (s, 1H), 4.69 (t, J = 5.9

Hz, 1H), 4.28 (s, 1H), 4.02 (s, 1H), 3.69 (m, 4H), 3.29 (m, 1H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 2.70 (m,

4H), 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.35 (s, 9H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 173.1,

155.7, 149.6, 140.4, 134.4, 128.4, 127.2, 122.8, 118.2, 117.9, 116.5, 113.5, 107.2, 79.4,

78.8, 76.6, 70.4, 52.1, 48.3, 44.5, 37.1, 31.8, 30.0, 29.3, 28.8, 28.3. IR (thin film): 3402,

NH

N

HO

H

BocHN O OH

NH

N

Br

H

BocHN O OH Pd(OAc)2,

K2CO3, H2O,DMF, 90 oC,5 h, 93%

OH

Page 172: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

160

2974, 1732, 1694 cm-1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C30H40N3O5 [M+H]+: 522.2968, Found:

522.3004.

Benzazepine 2-180: To a solution of allyl alcohol 2-177 (550 mg, 1.05 mmol) in

CH2Cl2 (21 mL) was added a solution of mercuric triflate (0.01 Min MeCN, 2.60

mL, 0.026 mmol). After 16 h at rt, Et3N (0.037 mL, 0.26 mmol) was added to the

mixture. After 30 min, the mixture was filtered through short pad of silica gel

(CH2Cl2). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The crude

solid was purified by flash column chromatography (15% EtOAc/Hex) to give

456 mg (86%) of 2-180 as a white solid.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.14-6.94 (m, 3H), 6.68 (br. m, 1H), 6.61 (d, J = 7.7

Hz, 1H), 6.50 (br. s, 1H), 6.39 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (br. s, 043H), 5.71 (br. s,

0.57H), 5.24 (br. s, 1H), 4.71 (s, 1H), 4.3-3.75 (m, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.11 (t, J = 11.6

Hz, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.64 (t, J = 11.1 Hz, 1H), 2.00-1.70 (m, 6H), 1.51 (s, 9H). 13C

NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 172.3, 154.7, 150.1, 141.5, 137.9, 137.2, 133.7, 132.6, 129.5,

128.9, 128.5, 128.0, 127.7, 124.2, 120.2, 118.4, 117.9, 113.9, 106.5, 84.1, 79.8, 57.9,

57.2, 52.1, 51.7, 48.8, 46.8, 45.8, 41.5, 31.4, 30.4, 28.5, 25.6, 18.6. IR (thin film): 3357,

2978, 1738, 1682 cm-1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C30H38N3O4 [M+H]+: 504.2862, Found:

504.2874. M.P.: 224 °C (decomposition).

NH

N

HO

H

BocHN O OH

NH

NH

BocN O O

H

H

Hg(OTf)2,CH2Cl2, rt, 20 h,

86%

Page 173: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

161

Carbamate S2-6: To a mixture of aminal 2-180 (30.0 mg, 0.060 mmol) and methyl

pyrocarbonate (0.031 mL, 0.298 mmol) in THF (1.2 mL) at 0 ºC was added a

solution of KHMDS (0.5 Min toluene, 0.357 mL, 0.179 mmol). After 0.25 h at 0 ºC,

a saturated NH4Cl solution (2 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL) were added sequentially to

the mixture. The resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was

extracted twice with EtOAc (5 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed

once with brine (5 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The

crude oil was purified by flash column chromatography (20% EtOAc/Hex) to

give 30 mg (90%) of S2-6 as colorless oil.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (t, J = 7.8

Hz, 1H), 6.22 (m, 1H), 6.10 (s, 1H), 6.00 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.76 (m, 1H), 5.06 (m, 1H),

4.33 (s, 0.5H), 4.24 (s, 0.5H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.73 (br. s, 3H), 3.54 (app. d, 3h), 3.11 (m,

0.6H), 2.83 (m, 4.4H), 1.98-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.45 (m, 9H).

Amine 2-184: To a solution of Boc-carbamate S2-6 (43.0 mg, 0.085 mmol) in

CH2Cl2 (3 mL) at 0 ºC was added 2,6-lutidine (0.050 mL, 0.427 mmol) and

TMSOTf (0.062 mL, 0.342 mmol). After 1 h at 0 ºC, a saturated NH4Cl solution (3

mL) and CH2Cl2 (5 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting

NH

NH

BocN O O

H

H

NCO2Me

NH

BocN O O

H

H(CH3OCO)2O,KHMDS, THF0 °C, 0.25 h

90%

NCO2Me

NH

HN O O

H

H

NCO2Me

NH

BocN O O

H

H 2,6-lutidine, TMSOTf,CH2Cl2, 0 °C, 2.5 h 97%

Page 174: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

162

layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted three times with

CH2Cl2 (5 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and

concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give 38 mg (97%) of 2-184 as colorless

oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.22 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (m, 2H), 6.83 (t, J = 7.5

Hz, 1H), 6.43 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.98 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 5.31 (m, 2H), 4.90 (d, J = 8.2

Hz, 1H), 4.55 (s, 1H), 3.81 (br. s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.41-3.24 (m, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.56

(d, J = 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.95 (t, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.71 (s, 3H).

Lactam 2-185: To a mixture of methyl ester 2-184 (31.0 mg, 0.067 mmol) in THF

(0.335 mL) and MeOH (0.335 mL) was added a solution of lithium hydroxide (1

Min H2O, 0.335 mL). The mixture was warmed to 50 ºC. After 20 h, the mixture

was acidified to pH 2 (1 MHCl). The resulting layers were separated, and the

aqueous layer was extracted three times with CH2Cl2 (5 mL). The combined

organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The solid

was washed twice with Et2O to give 24 mg (80%) of the acid, which was used

without further purification.

To a solution of the acid (20.0 mg, 0.045 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL) was added a

solution of carbonyldiimidazole (0.1 MTHF, 1.3 mL, 0.134 mmol). After 15 h at rt,

the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude solid was purified by flash

NCO2Me

NH

HN O O

H

H

N NCO2MeH

ONH

H

1. LiOH, THF, MeOH, H2O, 50 °C, 20 h, 80%

2. CDI, THF, rt, 15 h, 89%

Page 175: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

163

column chromatography (20% EtOAc/Hex) to give 17 mg (89%) of 2-185 as

colorless oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-acetone): δ 8.55 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.20 (t, J =

7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.21 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H),

6.11 (s, 1H), 6.02 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 5.26 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.58 (m, 1H),

3.47 (m, 1H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.40 (t, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.24 (t, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 1.89 (s, 3H),

1.85 (s, 3H).

Amine 2-187: To a solution of Boc-carbamate 2-180 (172 mg, 0.342 mmol) in

CH2Cl2 (7 mL) was added 2,6-lutidine (0.200 mL, 1.71 mmol) and TBSOTf (0.314

mL, 1.37 mmol). After 3 h at rt, a saturated NH4Cl solution (5 mL) and CH2Cl2 (10

mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting layers were separated,

and the aqueous layer was extracted three times with CH2Cl2 (5 mL). The

combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in

vacuo. The crude oil was used without further purification.

To a solution of the crude TBS-carbamate in MeOH (7 mL) was added potassium

fluoride (99.0 mg, 1.71 mmol). After one hour at rt, water (5 mL) and CH2Cl2 (20

mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting layers were separated,

and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with CH2Cl2 (10 mL). The resulting

layers were separated, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The

NH

NH

BocN O O

H

H

NH

NH

HN O O

H

HTBSOTf, lutidine, CH2Cl2, rt,3 h;KF, MeOH,rt, 1 h, 94%

Page 176: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

164

crude oil was taken up in MeCN (15 mL) and washed five times with hexanes (10

mL) to give 129 mg (94%) of 2-187 as dark yellow oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (t, J = 7.4

Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 6.43 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H),

4.87 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (br. s, 1H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 4.12 (s, 1H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.14

(m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.53 (dd, J = 13.2, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 1.85 (s, 3H), 1.76

(s, 3H), 1.47 (ddd, J = 14.6, 9.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 174.2,

150.6, 141.9, 139.8, 134.4, 131.5, 128.8, 128.5, 128.3, 125.7, 120.5, 119.0, 116.8, 114.7,

107.7, 85.2, 55.8, 52.2, 48.1, 47.6, 44.9, 32.4, 26.3, 19.1. IR (thin film): 3401, 2952,

1732, 1595 cm-1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C25H30N3O2 [M+H]+: 404.2338, Found:

404.2330.

Lactam 2-188: To a solution of amine 2-187 (55.0 mg, 0.136 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (4.5

mL) at 0 °C was added a solution of AlMe3 (2 Min hexanes, 0.072 mL, 0.143

mmol). After one hour at 0 °C, a saturated Rochelle’s salt solution (4 mL) was

added to the mixture. After 0.25 h, tthe resulting layers were separated, and the

aqueous layer was extracted three times with CH2Cl2 (5 mL). The combined

organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The

crude oil was purified by flash column chromatography (20% EtOAc/Hex on

deactivated SiO2) to give 44 mg (87%) of 2-188 as a colorless solid.

NH

NH

HN O O

H

HAlMe3, CH2Cl2,0 oC, 1 h,

87% N NHH

ONH

H

Page 177: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

165

1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-acetone): δ 7.10 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H),

6.96 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (d, J =

7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (d, J = 8.4 Hz,

1H), 5.33 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (s, 1H), 3.40 (dd, J = 15.3,

9.7 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (ddd, J = 15.3, 9.2, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.85-1.77

(m, 4H), 1.39 (dd, J = 12.8, 8.7 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, d6-acetone): δ 187.0,

149.7, 144.3, 140.5, 140.1, 133.0, 129.5, 128.3, 125.4, 122.2, 118.8, 118.5, 117.7, 114.9,

105.6, 81.6, 66.7, 53.9, 43.2, 36.3, 32.3, 31.1, 25.6, 18.2. IR (thin film): 3353, 2928,

1694, 1594 cm-1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C24H26N3O [M+H]+: 372.2076, Found:

372.2072. M.P.: 178 °C (decomposition).

Nitrile 2-189: To a solution of lactam 2-188 (60.0 mg, 0.162 mmol) in THF (3.2

mL) at –78 °C was added a solution of KHMDS (0.5 Min toluene, 0.630 mL, 0.315

mmol). After 0.5 h at –78 °C, a solution of iodoacetonitrile (1 Min THF, 0.323 mL,

0.323 mmol) was added slowly down the inside wall of the reaction vessel. After

0.5 h, a saturated NH4Cl solution (3 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL) were added

sequentially to the mixture. The resulting layers were separated, and the aqueous

layer was extracted twice with EtOAc (5 mL). The combined organic extracts

were washed once with brine (5 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in

vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column chromatography (25%

EtOAc/Hex) to give 51 mg (77%) of 2-189 as colorless oil.

KHMDS, THF,-78 oC, 0.5 h;ICH2CN, THF,-78 oC, 0.5 h

77%N NHH

ONH

H

N NHH

ONH

CN

Page 178: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

166

1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-acetone): δ 8.69 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (td, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H),

6.88 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (td, J = 8.3, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.08

(d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.05 (br. s, 1H), 5.95 (app. t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 5.25 (d, J = 7.7 Hz,

1H), 4.86 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (d, J = 17.1 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (ddd, J = 15.9, 10.9, 2.4

Hz, 1H), 3.54 (d, J = 17.1 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.44 (ddd, J = 13.1,

9.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 2.24 (ddd, J = 13.0, 10.9, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.84(s, 3H). 13C

NMR (75 MHz, d6-acetone): δ 184.6, 152.8, 144.6, 142.9, 140.9, 131.5, 130.6, 130.2,

129.6, 128.6, 123.2, 121.0, 118.3, 117.4, 115.5, 103.0, 82.44, 82.36, 67.9, 54.1, 51.6,

37.7, 36.7, 25.8, 21.9, 18.5. IR (thin film): 3352, 2933, 2250, 1694 cm-1. HRMS (ESI):

calc. for C26H27N4O [M+H]+: 411.2185, Found: 411.2167.

1"-Deoxocommunesin F (2-191): To a solution of nitrile 2-189 (40.0 mg, 0.097

mmol) in THF (3.5 mL) at 0 °C was added a solution of LiAlH4 (1 Min THF, 0.585

mL, 0.585 mmol). The solution was warmed to 60 °C. After 1.5 h at 60 °C, the

mixture was cooled to 0 °C. To the cooled mixture was slowly added a 10%

water/THF solution (2 mL). The mixture was diluted with Et2O (10 mL) and

filtered through a short pad of celite (Et2O). The combined organic extracts were

dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was used

without further purification.

1. LiAlH4, THF, 60 oC, 1.5 h2. NH4OAc, NaBH(OAc)3, MeOH, rt, 48 h

70% (2 steps)N N

HH

ONH

CN

N NHH

NNH

HH 1"

Page 179: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

167

To a solution of the crude lactol in MeOH (3.9 mL) was added NH4OAc (75.0 mg,

0.974 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (206 mg, 0.974 mmol). After 40 h at rt, EtOAc (10

mL) was added to the mixture. The combined organic extracts were washed once

with a saturated NaHCO3 solution, once with brine (3 mL), dried (MgSO4),

filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash column

chromatography (33% EtOAc/Hex) to give 29 mg (70%) of 2-191 as colorless oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.97 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.78

(t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.07 (d, J = 7.7

Hz, 1H), 5.91 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.81 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H),

4.60 (s, 1H), 4.48 (br. s, 1H), 4.30 (s, 1H), 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.17-2.99 (m, 3H), 2.85 (s,

3H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.33 (ddd, J = 9.0, 9.0, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.20 (m, 1H), 2.07 (m, 1H),

1.83 (s, 3H), 1.77-1.74 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 149.7, 143.8, 140.6,

134.8, 132.3, 127.7, 126.6, 126.4, 123.9, 119.0, 115.9, 115.5, 101.4, 85.2, 81.7, 63.7,

51.5, 51.3, 48.6, 46.9, 35.5, 34.0, 33.2, 29.7, 25.9, 18.5, 13.9. LRMS (ESI): calc. for

C28H35N4 [M+H]+: 427.3, Found: 427.4.

Communesin F (2-8): To a solution of nitrile 2-189 (20.0 mg, 0.049 mmol) in THF

(1.6 mL) at 0 °C was added a solution of LiAlH4 (1 M in THF, 0.292 mL, 0.292

mmol). The solution was warmed to 60 °C. After 1.5 h at 60 °C, the mixture was

cooled to 0 °C. To the cooled mixture was slowly added a 10% water/THF

1. LiAlH4, THF, 60 oC, 1.5 h2. NH3, NH4Cl, MeOH, rt, 1 h; NaBH3CN, 72 h 3. Ac2O, Et3N, DMAP, CH2Cl2 rt, 0.5 h 51% (3 steps)

N NHH

NNH

O

N NHH

ONH

CN

Page 180: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

168

solution (1 mL). The mixture was diluted with Et2O (5 mL) and filtered through a

short pad of celite (Et2O). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4),

filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was used without further

purification.

To a solution of the crude lactol in MeOH (2.4 mL) was added NH4Cl (26.0 mg,

0.487 mmol). The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and sparged with ammonia gas for

0.5 h. After 5 h at 0 °C, NaBH3CN (31.0 mg, 0.487 mmol) was added and the flask

sealed with a glass stopper. The mixture was warmed to rt. After 72 h, all

volatiles were removed under a heavy stream of nitrogen. The crude residue was

taken up in EtOAc (5 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed once

with a saturated NaHCO3 solution, once with brine (3 mL), dried (MgSO4),

filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude solid was used without further

purification.

To a solution of the crude amine in CH2Cl2 (2.4 mL) at 0 °C was added acetic

anhydride (0.025 mL, 0.268 mmol), Et3N (0.037 mL, 0.268 mmol) and DMAP (~0.5

mg). The mixture was warmed to rt. After 0.5 h, a saturated NaHCO3 solution (3

mL) and CH2Cl2 (3 mL) were added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting

layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with CH2Cl2 (3

mL). The combined organic extracts were washed once with brine (5 mL), dried

(MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by flash

column chromatography (20% acetone/Hex) to give 11 mg (51%) of communesin

F (2-8) as colorless oil.

Page 181: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

169

Major rotamer: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.00 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (t, J =

7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.73-6.65 (m, 3H), 6.08 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.86 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.23

(d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (s, 3H), 5.05 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (s, 1H), 4.57 (br.s, 1H),

3.85 (dd, J = 11.5, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (dd, J = 15.7, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.03 (td,

J = 11.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.19 (m, 2H),

1.99-1.94 (m, 1H), 1.85 (s, 3H), 1.77 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 171.6,

150.1, 142.7, 140.6, 136.1, 132.7, 131.3, 128.4, 127.3, 124.6, 123.2, 120.6, 117.0, 114.7,

100.7, 82.6, 79.6, 64.4, 51.8, 51.2, 44.2, 37.8, 36.2, 30.8, 29.7, 26.0, 22.6, 18.5. IR (thin

film): 3321, 2927, 1634, 1606 cm-1. HRMS (ESI): calc. for C28H33N4O [M+H]+:

441.2654, Found: 441.2640.

Page 182: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

170

Table 8.2.1. Comparison of 1H NMR and 13C NMR data for synthetic (±)-communesin F and natural communesin F5 in CDCl3 Position 1H natural 1H synthetic 13C natural 13C synthetic

1 6.68 (dd, 7.3, 1.5) 6.73-6.65 (m, overlapped) 123.2 123.2 2 6.70 (td, 7.3, 1.5) 6.73-6.65 (m, overlapped) 120.6 120.6 3 7.00 (td, 7.3, 1.5) 7.00 (t, 7.2) 127.3 127.3 4 6.68 (dd, 7.3, 1.5) 6.73-6.65 (m, overlapped) 117.0 117.0

4a 142.7 142.7 6 4.66 (s) 4.67 (s) 82.7 82.6 7 51.2 51.2

7a 131.2 131.3 8 51.8 51.8

8a 132.7 132.7 9 5.11 (s) 5.11 (s) 79.6 79.6

11 5.05 (d, 8.8) 5.05 (d, 8.8) 64.4 64.4 11a 140.7 140.6 12 6.08 (d, 7.6) 6.08 (d, 7.7) 114.7 114.7 13 6.82 (t, 7.6) 6.82 (t, 7.7) 128.4 128.4 14 5.86 (d, 7.6) 5.86 (d, 7.4) 100.7 100.7

14a 150.1 150.1 17 3.03 (td, 11.6, 7.6) 3.03 (td, 11.5, 7.5) 44.2 44.2

3.85 (dd, 11.6, 8.8) 3.85 (dd, 11.5, 9.1) 18 1.96 (dd, 12.8, 7.6) 1.99-1.94 (m) 30.8 30.8

2.74 (ddd, 12.8, 11.6, 8.8) 2.78-2.70 (m)

19 2.22 (dt, 12.2, 9.1) 2.32-2.19 (m, overlapped) 37.8 37.8 2.29 (dd, 12.2, 8.5) 2.32-2.19 (m, overlapped)

20 3.14 (ddd, 15.5, 12.2, 8.5) 3.15 (m) 36.3 36.2

3.34 (ddd, 15.5, 12.2, 8.5) 3.34 (dd, 15.7, 9.4)

21 5.22 (br. d, 8.8) 5.23 (d, 8.7) 124.6 124.6 22 136.1 136.1 23 1.79 (d, 0.6) 1.77 (s) 26.0 26.0 24 1.85 (d, 0.6) 1.85 (s) 18.5 18.5 1ʹ′ 2.82 (s) 2.82 (s) 29.7 29.7 1ʹ′ʹ′ 171.6 171.6 2ʹ′ʹ′ 2.41 (s) 2.40 (s) 22.6 22.6

5-NH 4.60 (br. s) 4.57 (br. s)

(±)-communesin F

N NHH

NNH

O1"

2"

1'

12

1314

24

23 2221

1111a

7a

14a

1920

567

12

34

4a

88a

9 1718

Page 183: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

171

Spectra of 1’’-Deoxocommunesin F and Communesin F

Page 184: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

172

Page 185: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

173

Page 186: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

174

Page 187: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

175

Page 188: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

176

References

1. Bhakuni, D. S.; Rawat, D. S. Bioactive Marine Natural Products; Springer New York 2005.

2. Numata, A.; Takahashi, C.; Ito, Y.; Takada, T.; Kawai, K.; Usami, Y.; Matsumura, E.; Imachi, M.; Ito, T.; Hasegawa, T. Tetrahedron Lett. 1993, 34, 2355.

3. Ratnayake, A. S.; Yoshida, W. Y.; Mooberry, S. L.; Hemscheidt, T. K. J. Org. Chem. 2001, 66, 8717.

4. Jadulco, R.; Edrada, R. A.; Ebel, R.; Berg, A.; Schaumann, K.; Wray, V.; Steube, K.; Proksch, P. J. Nat. Prod. 2004, 67, 78.

5. Hayashi, H.; Matsumoto, H.; Akiyama, K. Biosci., Biotechnol., Biochem. 2004, 68, 753.

6. Dalsgaard, P. W.; Blunt, J. W.; Munro, M. H. G.; Frisvad, J. C.; Christophersen, C. J. Nat. Prod. 2005, 68, 258.

7. Verbitski, S. M.; Mayne, C. L.; Davis, R. A.; Concepcion, G. P.; Ireland, C. M. J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 7124.

8. Wu, H. X.; Xue, F.; Xiao, X.; Qin, Y. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2010, 132, 14052. 9. (a) Hendrickson, J. B.; Rees, R.; Goschke, R. Proc. Chem. Soc. (London) 1962,

383; (b) Robinson, R.; Teuber, H. J. Chem. Ind. (London) 1954, 783; (c) Woodward, R. B.; Yang, N. C.; Katz, T. J. Proc. Chem. Soc. (London) 1960, 76.

10. Wigley, L. J.; Mantle, P. G.; Perry, D. A. Phytochemistry 2006, 67, 561. 11. Wigley, L. J.; Perry, D. A.; Mantle, P. G. Mycol. Res. 2008, 112, 131. 12. (a) May, J. A.; Zeidan, R. K.; Stoltz, B. M. Tetrahedron Lett. 2003, 44, 1203;

(b) May, J. A.; Stoltz, B. Tetrahedron 2006, 62, 5262. 13. Fuchs, J. R.; Funk, R. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2004, 126, 5068. 14. Steinhagen, H.; Corey, E. J. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1999, 38, 1928. 15. George, J. H.; Adlington, R. M. Synlett 2008, 2093. 16. Yang, J.; Wu, H. X.; Shen, L. Q.; Qin, Y. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2007, 129, 13794. 17. (a) Liu, P.; Seo, J. H.; Weinreb, S. M. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2010, 49, 2000;

(b) Seo, J. H.; Liu, P.; Weinreb, S. M. J. Org. Chem. 2010, 75, 2667. 18. Abelman, M. M.; Oh, T.; Overman, L. E. J. Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 4130. 19. Zuo, Z. W.; Xie, W. Q.; Ma, D. W. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2010, 132, 13226. 20. Zuo, Z.; Ma, D. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2011, 50, 12008. 21. Sabahi, A.; Novikov, A.; Rainier, J. D. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2006, 45, 4317. 22. Wojciechowski, K. Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2001, 3587. 23. (a) Wang, C.; Tunge, J. A. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2008, 130, 8118; (b) Wang, C.;

Pahadi, N.; Tunge, J. A. Tetrahedron 2009, 65, 5102; (c) Wiebe, J. M.; Caille, A. S.; Trimble, L.; Lau, C. K. Tetrahedron 1996, 52, 11705; (d) Migneault, D.; Bernstein, M. A.; Lau, C. K. Can. J. Chem. 1995, 73, 1506.

24. Ito, Y.; Nakajo, E.; Saegusa, T. Synth. Commun. 1986, 16, 1073. 25. Steinhagen, H.; Corey, E. J. Org. Lett. 1999, 1, 823. 26. Fischer, M. Chem. Ber. 1969, 102, 3495.

Page 189: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

177

27. (a) Mukhina, O. A.; Kumar, N. N. B.; Arisco, T. M.; Valiulin, R. A.; Metzel, G. A.; Kutateladze, A. G. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2011, 50, 9423; (b) Burgess, E. M.; McCullagh, L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1966, 88, 1580.

28. Fischer, M.; Wagner, F. Chem. Ber. Recl. 1969, 102, 3486. 29. (a) Fishwick, C. W. G.; Storr, R. C.; Manley, P. W. J. Chem. Soc., Chem.

Commun. 1984, 1304; (b) Consonni, R.; Croce, P. D.; Ferraccioli, R.; LaRosa, C. J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1 1996, 1809.

30. (a) Robertson, F. J.; Kenimer, B. D.; Wu, J. Tetrahedron 2011, 67, 4327; (b) Ito, Y.; Nakatsuka, M.; Saegusa, T. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1980, 102, 863; (c) Kiselyov, A. S.; Strekowski, L. Org. Prep. Proced. Int. 1996, 28, 289.

31. Crawley, S. L.; Funk, R. L. Org. Lett. 2003, 5, 3169. 32. Crawley, S. L., The Pennsylvania State University, 2006. 33. Crawley, S. L.; Funk, R. L. Org. Lett. 2006, 8, 3995. 34. Iwao, M. Heterocycles 1993, 36, 29. 35. Feldman, K. S.; Hester, D. K.; Iyer, M. R.; Munson, P. J.; Lopez, C. S.; Faza,

O. N. J. Org. Chem. 2009, 74, 4958. 36. Corrie, J. E. T.; Gradwell, M. J.; Papageorgiou, G. J. Chem. Soc., Perkin

Trans. 1 1999, 2977. 37. Taubinger, A. A.; Fenske, D.; Podlech, J. Tetrahedron 2008, 64, 8659. 38. Crombie, L.; Jones, R. C. F.; Haigh, D. Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27, 5151. 39. Llauger, L.; Bergami, C.; Kinzel, O. D.; Lillini, S.; Pescatore, G.; Torrisi, C.;

Jones, P. Tetrahedron Lett. 2009, 50, 172 40. Zahariev, S.; Guarnaccia, C.; Pongor, C. I.; Quaroni, L.; Cemazar, M.;

Pongor, S. Tetrahedron Lett. 2006, 47, 4121 41. Shen, L.; Prouty, C.; Conway, B. R.; Westover, L.; Xu, J. Z.; Look, R. A.;

Chen, X.; Beavers, M. P.; Roberts, J.; Murray, W. V.; Demarest, K. T.; Kuo, G.-H. Biorg. Med. Chem. 2004, 12, 1239

42. Liu, Y.; McWhorter, W. W. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2003, 125, 4240 43. Thompson, K. L.; Chang, M. N.; Chiang, Y.-C. P.; Yang, S. S.; Chabala, J.

C.; et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 3337 44. Hanessian, S.; Bayrakdarian, M.; Luo, X. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 4716 45. (a) Shiozaki, M.; Ishida, N.; Hiraoka, T.; Yanagisawa, H. Tetrahedron Lett.

1981, 22, 5205 ; (b) Shiozaki, M.; Ishida, N.; Maruyama, H.; Hiraoka, T. Tetrahedron 1983, 39, 2399

46. Williams, R. M.; Kwast, E. Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 451. 47. Webber, S. E.; Marakovits, J. T.; Dragovich, P. S.; Prins, T. J.; Zhou, R.;

Fuhrman, S. A.; Patick, A. K.; Matthews, D. A.; Lee, C. A.; Srinivasan, B.; Moran, T.; et al. Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2001, 11, 2683

48. Fuchs, J. R.; Funk, R. L. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 677. 49. (a) England, D. B.; Merey, G.; Padwa, A. Org. Lett. 2007, 9, 3805; (b)

England, D. B.; Merey, G.; Padwa, A. Heterocycles 2007, 74, 491. 50. (a) Goldberg, F. W.; Magnus, P.; Turnbull, R. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 4531; (b)

Magnus, P.; Turnbull, R. Org. Lett. 2006, 8, 3497. 51. Grant, C. D.; Krische, M. J. Org. Lett. 2009, 11, 4485. 52. (a) Krishnan, S.; Stoltz, B. M. Tetrahedron Lett. 2007, 48, 7571; (b) Ma, S.;

Han, X. Q.; Krishnan, S.; Virgil, S. C.; Stoltz, B. M. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 8037.

Page 190: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

178

53. Cardellini, M.; Liberatore, F.; Ottolino, S. Chim. Ind. (Milan, Italy) 1969, 51, 290.

54. Brak, K.; Ellman, J. A. Org. Lett. 2010, 12, 2004. 55. Ku, J. M.; Jeong, B. S.; Jew, S. S.; Park, H. G. J. Org. Chem. 2007, 72, 8115. 56. Yamamoto, H.; Ho, E.; Namba, K.; Imagawa, H.; Nishizawa, M. Chem. Eur.

J. 2010, 16, 11271. 57. Namba, K.; Yamamoto, H.; Sasaki, I.; Mori, K.; Imagawa, H.; Nishizawa,

M. Org. Lett. 2008, 10, 1767. 58. (a) Sakaitani, M.; Ohfune, Y. Tetrahedron Lett. 1985, 26, 5543; (b) Sakaitani,

M.; Ohfune, Y. J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 870. 59. Basha, A.; Lipton, M.; Weinreb, S. M. Tetrahedron Lett. 1977, 4171. 60. Woodward, R. B.; Heusler, K.; Gosteli, J.; Naegeli, P.; Oppolzer, W.;

Ramage, R.; Ranganathan, S.; Vorbrüggen, H. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1966, 88, 852.

61. Gribble, G. W.; Lord, P. D.; Skotnick.J; Dietz, S. E.; Eaton, J. T.; Johnson, J. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1974, 96, 7812.

62. Marchini, P.; Liso, G.; Reho, A.; Liberatore, F.; Moracci, F. M. J. Org. Chem. 1975, 40, 3453.

63. Abdel-Magid, A. F.; Mehrman, S. J. Org. Process Res. Dev. 2006, 10, 971. 64. Gribble, G. W. Chem. Soc. Rev. 1999, 28, 335. 65. Still, W. C.; Kahn, M.; Mitra, A. J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2923.

Page 191: Belmar Dissertation Dec 2012

VITA

Johannes Belmar

Johannes was born in Vienna, Austria and raised elsewhere. He graduated

with a B.S. in Biology from The State University of New York – College of

Environmental Science and Forestry in 2004. Johannes then moved to State

College, PA to pursue a Ph.D. in chemistry at the Pennsylvania State University

under the guidance of Professor Raymond Funk.